An Old High German Primer, With Grammar, Notes, and Glossary.

An Old High German primer, with grammar, notes, and glossary.
Wright, Joseph, 1855-1930.

Oxford : Clarendon Press, 1906.
http://hdl.handle.net/2027/coo.31924026573224
Public Domain, Google-digitized

http://www.hathitrust.org/access_use#pd-google
We have determined this work to be in the public domain,

meaning that it is not subject to copyright. Users are
free to copy, use, and redistribute the work in part or
in whole. It is possible that current copyright holders,
heirs or the estate of the authors of individual portions
of the work, such as illustrations or photographs, assert
copyrights over these portions. Depending on the nature
of subsequent use that is made, additional rights may
need to be obtained independently of anything we can
address. The digital images and OCR of this work were
produced by Google, Inc. (indicated by a watermark
on each page in the PageTurner). Google requests that
the images and OCR not be re-hosted, redistributed
or used commercially. The images are provided for
educational, scholarly, non-commercial purposes.
5-2;
:3. 94.1%
. . .2 ..
VI
3%55
W g
WWII?
CORNELL
UNIVERSITY
LIBRARY
Gift of the
All books are
subject to recall after two
weeks
Olin/Kroch Library
A DATE DUE
A
-_ - \!_-:|:|q
l V-
\
_
'
l
R
PRINTED IN U SA
AN
OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER
WRIGHT
HENRY FROWDE, ILA.
PUBLISHER TO THE UNIVERSITY OF OXFORD
LONDON, EDINBURGH
NEW YORK AND TORONTO
-"
-
CLARENDON PRESS SERIES
AN
OLD HIGH GERMAN

PRIMER
WITH
GRAMMAR, NOTES, AND GLOSSARY
BY
jOSEPH WRIGHT, PH.D., D.C.L., LL.D., LITT.D.

PROFREISSOR OF COMPARATIVE PHILOLOGY IN THE
UNIVERSITY OF OXFORD
SECOND EDITION
OXFORD
AT THE CLARENDON PRESS
1 d
1906
[ All right: reserved]

c5? 277
OXFORD
PRINTED AT THE CLARENDON
PRESS
BY HORACE HART, MA.
PRINTER TO THE UNIVERSITY
4955503
PRINTED IN ENGLAND.
PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION
of
is,
In an elementary book like the present it course,
impossible even to state all the phenomena of sound-change
peculiar to the Old High German language as whole,
a
especially when one attempts to make discrimination
a
between the Upper German and Upper Franconian dialects.
have, however, endeavoured to bring within comparatively
a
I
small compass all the really more important features of the
language, and fully believe that the beginner who conscien

tiously works through the book will have acquired such
a
sound elementary knowledge of the language as will enable
him to pursue his further study of German with little di i
culty, whether from literary or purely linguistic point of

a
view. In the MHG. primer many forms were left un
explained which beginners would, no doubt, like to have

seen explained. There mentioned such OHG. forms only
I
as were absolutely necessary for the understanding of the
Accidence, intentionally reserving the rest for the present

little book. In fact, MHG. grammar will cause little or no
difficulty to student possessing mere elementary know
a
ledge of Old High German.

vi PREFA CE T0 THE FIRST EDITION
I trust that these two little books imperfect and incom

plete as they are will contribute something towards further
ing the scienti c study of German in England, and fostering
among our countrymen a love for that great store of
medieval literature of which the German nation is justly
proud.
In conclusion I gratefully acknowledge my obligations to
Braune's Althochdeutsche Grammatik, Halle, 1886, and to
the same author's Althochdeutsches Lesebuch, Halle, 1881,
a new edition of which is to appear shortly.
]. WRIGHT.
OXFORD : May, 1888.

PREFACE TO THE SECOND
EDITION
THE new edition of this Primer has been carefully revised
and brought up to date. The part dealing with the phono
logy has been almost entirely rewritten. Although the
phonology only occupies forty-four pages, the student, who

masters it thoroughly, will have acquired a fairly good know
ledge of the subject so far as it relates to Old High German

of the ninth century.
I have not found it desirable to change the general plan
and scope of the former edition, because my long experience
as teacher of and examiner in the subject has fully convinced
me that books containing more details about the phonology
and accidence than those given in the Primer are unsuitable
for beginners. I hope the present edition of the book may
serve the same purpose in the future as the former edition
has done in the past viz. to help to further the scienti c
study of Old German among our countrymen.
JOSEPH WRIGHT.
OXFORD : june, 1906.

CONTENTS
PAGES
INTRODUCTION (55 1-8) . . .
I
I
CHAPTER I.
ALPHABET AND Pxonuncuvrron . .
2_7
The OHG. alphabet
Pronunciation of the OHG.
(5 4).
vowels (55 5-6). Pronunciation of the OHG. consonants
(5 7). Phonetic survey of the OHG. sound-system
(55 8-11). Stress (5 12).
CHAPTER II.
THE Pnmrrrvn GERMANIC
EQUIVALENTS oF THE INDO
GERMANIC VOWEL-SYSTEM . .
.
The Indo-Gennanic
vowel-system (5 13). The short
vowels (§§ 14-18); the long vowels (55 19-28); the
diphthongs (55 24-9); the Indo~Germanic
vocalic nasals
and liquids (§§
30-3).
CHAPTER III.
THE PRIMITIVE GERMANIC
VOWEL-SYSTEM . rr-r4
Table of the Primitive Germanic
The change of a to i
(5 36). The
vowel-system (5 84).
change of o to l (§ 37).
The change of i to s
(§ 38). The change ol'u to 0,
1'1
The vowel-system at the close of the

(6
39). Primitive
Germanic period
(5
40).
X CON TEN TS
PAGES
CHAPTER IV.
THE OHG. DEVELOPMENT OF THE GENERAL
GERMANIC
VowEL-svsTEM . . . . . .
14-21
Umlaut (5 41). The short vowels
(55 42-7); the long
vowels (55 48-53); the diphthongs
(55 54-6).
CHAPTER V.
THE OHG. DEVELOPMENT OF THE
PRIMITIVE GERMANIC
VowELs OF UNACCENTED SYLLABLES . . .
21-5
The vowels of nal syllables (55 57-9); the vowels
of
other than nal syllables (55
60-3).
CHAPTER VI.
THE FIRST SOUND-SHIFTING, VERNER s
LAW, AND OTHER
CONSONANT CHANGES WHICH TOOK PLACE IN THE
PRIMITIVE GERMANIC LANGUAGE
25-34
The Indo-Germanic consonant system
(5 65). The rst
sound-shitting : the tenues (5 66); the mediae
(5 67); the
tennes aspiratae the mediae aspiratae
(5 68) ;
(55 69-71).
Vemer s Law (5 72). Other consonant changes
(55 73-7).
Table of Primitive Germanic
consonants (5 78).
CHAPTER VII.
SPECIALWEST GERMANIC MODIFICATIONS OF THE
GENERAL GERMANIC
CONSONANT-SYSTEM. THE HIGH
GERMAN Sounn-sI-rIFTING, 8cc.
34 40
The change of medial z to r and the loss of nal 2 (5 7 9).
The gemination consonants before a following j
of
(5 80).
The gemination of p, t, k
before a following r
(5 81).
Table of the Primitive HG.
explosives and spirants (5
The OHG. shifting of the 82).
voiceless explosives (55
The OHG. shifting of the 83-4).
voiced explosives and spirants
(5 85). Summary of the HG.
sound-shifting (5 86).
Verner s Law in OHG.
(5 87).
C ON TEN TS xi
PAGES
CHAPTER VIII.
THE 0116. Consorum'rs m GENERAL . . 41-4
Simpli cation of double consonants (5 89). The semi
vowels (55 90-1); liquids and nasals (5 92); labials
(5 98); gutturals (5 94); dentals (5 95).
CHAPTER 1X.
DECLENSION oF Nouns . . . . . . . 45-55
A. The strong declension: Masculine and neuter
a-stems (55 97-101); masculine and neuter ja-stems
(55 102-4); masculine and neuter wa-stems (5 105);

6-stems (55 107-8); jo-sterns (55 109-11); feminine ab
stract nouns in -i (55 112-3) ; the i-declension (55 114-6);
the u-deeleusion (55 117-20).
13.The weak declension (55 121-4).
C. Minor declensions: Monosyllabic consonant stems
(55 125-7) ; stems in -r (55 128-31); stems in -nt (5 132);
stems in -os, -su (N 133-5).
CHAPTER X.
DECLENSION 0F ADJECTIVES . . . . . 55-64
A. Strong declension (55 187-44). B. Weak declen
sion (55 145-6). C. Declension of participles (55 147-8).
D. The comparison of adjectives (55 149-52). Appendix:
Formation of adverbs from adjectives (5 153); Compari
son of adverbs (55 154-5). Numerals :- Cardinal and
ordinal numerals (55 156-9) ; other numerals (5 160).
CHAPTER XI.
Pnonouns . . . . . . . . . 64-9
Personal (5 161); re exive (5 162); possessive (55 163-4);
demonstrative (55 165-7); relative (5 168); interrogative
(55 169-70); inde nite (5 171).
XII CONTENTS
PAGES
CHAPTER XII.
Venus . . . . . . . 69-89
Classi cation of the OHG. verbs, and the OHG. ablaut
series (55 172-3).
A. Strong Verbs : The conjugation of the model strong
verb néman (5 174). Class I (5 176); Class II (5 177);
Class III (5178); Class IV (5 179); Class V (5180);
Class VI (5 181); Class VII (55 182-4).
B. Weak Verbs : Classi cation of the OHG. weak verbs
(5 185) ; rst weal: conjugation (55 186-91); second weak
conjugation (5 192) ; third weak conjugation (5 193).
C. Minor Gronps: A. The preterite-presents (55 194

200). B. Verbs in -mi : I. The substantive verb (5 202);
2.tuon (5 203); 3. gin (gén) (55 204-5); 4. The verb
will (5 206).
CHAPTER XIII.
SYNTAX . . . . . . . . . . 90-:
Cases (55 207-9). Adjectives (5 210). Pronouns (5 211).
Verb! (55 212-3).
TEXTS:
I. TATIAN . . . . . . . . . 93-116
II. Psnuas . . . . . . . . . rr6-7
III. Sr. EMMERAMER Gamer . . . . . . [17-8
IV. O'rrmm . . . . . . . . . 119-35
V. DAS Lunwrcsunn . . . . . . . 135-7
VI. CHRIST AND THE WoMAN or SAMARIA . . . 137-8
VII. MUSPILLI . . . . . . . . . 139-41
NOTES . . . . . . . 143-1
GLOSSARY . . . . . . . . . 148-76
nu
GRAMMAR
INTRODUCTION
§1. By Old High German (OHG.) we mean the High
German language from the beginning of its earliest monu
ments in the eighth century up to about the end of the
eleventh century. This book treats principally the language
as it obtained in the ninth century.
§2. OHG. forms one member of the West Germanic
division of the Germanic (Teutonic) branch of the Indo
Gerrnanic family of languages.
The Germanic branch consists of :
1. Gothic.
II. Old Norse (Scandinavian), which is sub-divided into
two groups :
East Norse, including Swedish, Gutnish, and Danish.
West Norse, including Norwegian and Icelandic.
III. West Germanic, which is composed of Old English
(015.), Old Frisian, Old Saxon (08.), sometimes called Old
Low German, Old Low Franconian (Old Dutch), and Old
High Gennan.
§ 3. In OHG. we have to distinguish three dialect groups :
1. Upper German (UG.), spoken in the highlands of
South Germany, and consisting of the Alemanic and Bavarian
dialects.
II. Upper Franeonian (UFr.), consisting of East Franco
nian (the dialect spoken in the old duchy of Francia Orientalis)
WRIGHT B
2 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER
and Rhenish Franconian (the dialect of the old province of

Francia Rhinensis).
III. Middle Franconian, the dialect spoken along the
banks of the Moselle and of the Rhine from Coblence to
Dusseldorf.
This book is chie y con ned to the dialect groups I
and II.
PH 0NOL 0G1
CHAPTER I
ALPHABET AND PRONUNCIATION
§ 4. The OHG. monuments were written in the Latin

alphabet.
Vowel length was either entirely omitted in writing, or was
represented by doubling the respective vowel; but sometimes
The sign ",
(A,
also by using the accents placed over

').
vowels, here used to mark long vowels.

is
A. THE VOWELB
5. The OI-IG. vowel-system was represented by the ve
§
elementary letters a, o, u, and the digraphs a1, is (ea,

i,
e,
ia), l0 (so), in, on (au), and no (net), the latter having the
value of diphthongs.
Noam For the symbol y was occasionally employed, otherwise 7

I
occurred in loan-words only.
6. All the simple vowels had both short and long

a
a
§
quantity.
The short vowels u, and the long vowels
e,
o,
i,
5.,
i,
in,
and had nearly the same pronunciation as the cor

o,
1'1,
responding OE. vowels. had twofold pronunciation,

e
a
C.
" 6
Q1 7
GRAMMAR 3
which is still kept apart in many New High German (NHG.)

dialects, according as it represented a primitive Germanic e
cp. OE. OS. OHG. beran, to bear, beside Greek ¢épu,
I
e.g.
Lat. fero, bear or an e which arose from the i-umlaut
of a (§ 41), as Nom. sg. gash, guest, pl. gesti; nerien, to
rave, from *nazjan. In the former case o had an open
sound like the e in English bed, and is generally written é in
grammatical treatises, in order to distinguish it from the
umlaut-e, which had a close sound like the e in French e'te .
The following key-words will be of use, as giving an

approximate pronunciation of the vowel-sounds to students
unacquainted with Old English :
a. as in NHG. mann man, man.

i. ,, ENGL. father hihan, to hang.
é ,, ,, bed hélfan, to helt.
a ,, FR. rte gesti, gum1r.
é ,, NHG. reh séla, soul.
l ,, ENGL. zt wiqqan, to know.
i ,, NHG. ihn min, my.
0 ,, ENGL. not got, God.
o ,, NHG. so hoh, lugh.
u ,, ENGL. full g'tbuntan, bound.
1'1 ,, ,, food h s, llouse.
ei=e +i ,, stain stein, stone.
is= i + e riot, advised.
The remaining diphthongs ea. (in), i0 (eo), Iu, on (au),

no (nu), will present no dII C1lltleS to the learner who has
mastered the key-words to the short vowels in the above table.
B. THE CONSONANTS
§ 7. The OHG. consonant-system was represented by the

g, h, m, n,
k,
following letters : -b, 0, ch, d,
(i,
*j
e, g),
1,
1,
p, q, r, s, th (dh), u (v), *w (uu, u, uv, vu, W), x, z.
t,
The letters m, n, p, and had nearly the same
b,
d,
k,
1,
t
values as in English. The remaining letters require special
-
attention.
had twofold pronunciation. It had the sound of English
a
nally and before the guttural vowels a, o, u, and before

k
consonants, tac, day, com, com, cund, known, cleini,

as
pref/y. Before the palatal vowels 6 (except in the com
i,
bination sc) had the sound of ts, like NHG. 2, as lucil,
it
lz' le, co, to. But, on the other hand, sceidan, to sever,
where sc was pronounced like the sch in the English word
school.
ch mostly represented single (guttural spirant) sound
a
like the ch in NHG. or in Scotch looh, as spréohan, to

giant. In Upper German monuments was also used to
it
express the a ricata kh, i.e. +the olz sound in Scotch looh,
k
as khorn (chorn), corn. See 84, 2.

§
hadtwofold pronunciation according as represented

it
a
f
Germanic or p; cp. e.g. OHG. fater, OS. fadar, OE.

a
faader,Gothic fadar,father, with OHG. slafan, OS. slapan,

OE. sliapan, Gothic elépan, to sleep. In the former case
was labio-dental, and in the latter bilabial. f= prim. Germ.
it
was often written u(v) initially, and medially between

f
vowels, as varan, OE. farm, to go; zwival, Gothic twei s,

doubt.
g, when represented prim. Germ. g, or rather prim.
it
Germ. had the sound of our in got, as OHG. tag, OS.

g
5,
GRAMMAR 5'
dag, OE. drag, day; OHG. guot, OE. god, good. See
§ 85, 3. But when it stood for prim. Germ. was spirant
it
a
,1,
and had nearly the same sound as the y in English yet, as
genér (jenér), Goth. jains, 171e, yon; herige (herie), Goth.
harja, Dat. sing. of heri, army.
h,
initially and medially between vowels, had the sound

value of English in /tat; nally and medially before con
l
sonants was the guttural spirant eh (see ch), as habén,
it
to have, aéhan, to set; hoh (= NHG. hoeh), lugh, naht

(= NHG. nacht), m'glzt.
in the function of a consonant) did not occur
*j
is
(that
i
in OHG. manuscripts,
j
It
but was represented by (e, g).
i
had nearly the same sound-value as the in English yet,
as nerien from *naajan, to save; hirteo, Goth. hairdié,
of hirti, shepherd
pl.
Gen. genér (jenér), Gothic jains, file,

;
yon.
occurred only in combination with u as in English.
q
was trilled sound in all positions as in Scotch, as réht,

:-
rigIit, béran, to bear,fart, way, fagar, beauty'ul.

was voiceless spirant in all positions like the in
a
s
English kiosan, kos, [trhos2.

to
s1'l, as 51111u, son, choose,

th seems in the ninth century to have been voiced
a
interdental spirant like the 1k in English then, as thenken,

to think.
u (v).Single u(v) was frequently written for Germanic
as uaran, varan, to go.
1'),
was also employed,

It
(see
1'
especially after consonants and before the vowel u, to ex

press u consonant, i.e. English to, as auarz for suuarz,
uurdun for uuurdun, t1z9/ became.
bluc/l ,
*w (i.e. u in the function of consonant) did not occur
a
in OHG. manuscripts, but was generally represented by uu

(uv, vu, w), and had the sound-value of English 211 in 201'l.
It was also sometimes written u (v), see above under u (v).

In this grammar and glossary we shall generally write w.
x occurred almost exclusively in loan-words.
2 had a twofold pronunciation. It had the sound-value
ts, initially as also medially and nally, after consonants and
when it arose from tt. Examples are : aan, tooth, lenzo,
spring, holz, wood, hérza, heart, suarz, blank, scan, money, cp.
OE. sceatt, O.Icel. skattr, Goth. skatts ; semen, OS.
settian, pret. sg. sazta, OS. setta. (satta). In other
to set,
cases it was a kind of 5 sound, as haq, hatred, biqan, to bile.

See § 84. In this book the ts sound is represented by E, and
the a sound by q.
PHONETIC SURVEY OF THE OHG. SOUND-SYSTEM

§ 8. A. Vowels (Sonants).
Short a" O u
Guttural
{ Long 6., o, 11
Paleta, Short 5, e, i
{ Long é, i
§ 9- B. consonants.
LABIAL. 3:552; DENTAL. GUTTURAL.
p, pp t, tt k, kk
ExP1o81. as Voiceless
{ Voiced b, bb d, dd 8, gg
- a as h, hh (ch)
Spmmts
1
(th ?)
{ q? w
{Vorceless
Voiced th g
[Val-alt m, mm 11, 1m 11
Liquids 1, 11; 1, rr
Semi-vowels w, j
GRAMMAR 7
To these must further be added the aspirate h and the

three a ricatae (i.e. an explosive + a homorganic spirant)
a (i.e. ts), pf (ph), and the Upper German kh (eh) i.e. k+
the el-sound in Scotch loch.
NOTE. In the writing down of primitive Germanic forms the sign I]
is used to represent the guttural nasal, and x to represent the gnttural
spirant (h). The guttnral 11 occurred before gutturals only, as trinkan,
to drink, lang, long.
510. A diphthong is the combination of a sonantal with

a consonantal vowel. The sonantal vowel is the bearer of
the stress (accent) in the syllable in which it occurs. All
the OHG. diphthongs, ai, 1o (es, ia,), 1o (so), iu, ou (au), and
no (ua,), were falling diphthongs, that is, the stress fell upon
the rst of the two elements.
§11. The double consonants, nn, tt, &c., must be pro

nounced long as in Italian and Swedish, thus rinnan, to run,
as rin-nan. They were uniformly shortened (simpli ed) when
they became nal or came to stand before other consonants,
and also frequently medially when preceded by a long vowel,
asrinnan, to run, pret. sing. ran ; brennen, to 514171, pret. sing.
branta; sla 'an beside slit'an, to sleep. See § 89.
Stress (Accent).
§12. In all uncompounded words the chief stress falls
upon the stem-syllable and always remains there even when
suffixes and in exional endings follow it. This syllable is
always the rst of the word.
In compound words the chief stress falls upon the stem
syllable of the rst component part if the second part is
a noun or an adjective ; and on the stem-syllable of the second
part if this is a verb or derived from a verb.
CHAPTER II
THE Pamrrrva GERMANIC EQUIVALENTS oF THE
INDO-GERMANIC VOWEL-SOUNDS.
The parent Indo-Germanic language had

§ 13. the follow
ing vowel-system :
Short vowels a, e, i, o, u
Long a, é, i, o,
1'1
,,
Diphthongs ai, oi, oi, au, on, on
Short vocalic 1, m, n,
:
NOTE. I. e, the quality of which cannot be precisely de ned, omitted
is
from the above table' as being of little importance for the purposes of
this book. became a. in all the Indo-Germanic languages, except in
It
the Aryan branch, where became as Gr. arm-"'19, Lat. pater, OIr.
i,
it
atln r, Goth. fadar, OHG. fatter, Skr. pitar- (from *petér-), father.
2. The long vocalic nasals and liquids, as also the long diphthougs
ii, 6l, &c., were of such rare occurrence that they are here left out of
consideration.
(Lat. a, Gr.
14. remained, as Lat. agar, Gr. dypés,
a)
a.
§
Goth. akrs, OS. akkar, OHG. ackar, eld, are Lat. aqua,
;
Goth. ahra, OHG. aha, water.
§15. (Lat. e, Gr. remained, as Lat. fero, Gr. \ Itépu,

e
e)
bear, OHG. OS. OE. beran, to bear Lat. pellis, Gr. ne'hha,
I
OHG. fél, OE. fell, skin, hia'e.

16. (Lat. Gt. remained, as Gr. Hom. fiSp-ev, Goth.
i,
i
I.)
§
witum, OE. witon, OS. witun, OHG. wiqqun, we know;

cp. Lat. vidére, to see; Lat. piscis, Goth. sks, OE. 115c,
OS. OHG. sk, sh.
§17. o (Lat. o, Gr. became a, as Lat. octo, Gr.
0)
6x116,
Goth. ahtau, OS. OHG. ahto, egglt Lat. hostis, .ttranger,

;
enemy, Goth. gasts, OS. OHG. gast, guest.

GRAMMAR 9
§ 18. u (Lat. u, Gr. u) remained, as Gr. xuvés (gen. sing),

Goth. hunds, OE. hund, OHG. hunt, dog, hound ; Lat.
gustus, tas1e; Goth. ga-kuste, OS. OHG. kust, test, eloiee.
§19. i. (Lat. a, Gr. 6, became as Lat. miter, Gr.
1|)
6,
Dor. Fri-mp, OE. modor. OS. modar, mother; Lat. f gus,
Gr. Dor. oiyés, oak, Goth. boka, letter of
[leecl, tize alphabet,
OE. boc-tréow, beech-tree, OS. bok, beeeh.

2O. Gr. remained, but generally written
é,
1|)
is
(Lat.
it
é
§
5 (=G0th. OE. 5, OS. OHG. in works on Germanic

é,
i.)
philology, as Lat. edimus, Goth. étum, OE. a'eton, OHG.
62pm, we ate; Lat. ménsis, Gr. jniv, month, Goth. ména, OS.
OHG. mino, moon.
§21. (Lat. Gr. Lat. su-inus (adj.),

remained, as
i,
I)
i
belonging to a pig, Goth. swein, OE. OS. OHG. swin, pig;

Lat. simus, OHG. aim, we may be.
Gr. remained, as Gr. when-6s, swimmzng,
o,
22.
I»)
(Lat.
o
§
Goth. odua, OE. OS. od ood, tide, cp. Lat. plorire, to

weep aloud; Gr. Dor. wu rs, Goth. fotus, OE. OS. fot, foot.
23. Gr. remained, as Lat. mits, Gr. OE.

1'1
f1,
(Lat.
6)
p.69,
5
OHG. mirs, mouse; Lat. s s, Gr. 6s, OE. OHG. s , sow, pzg.
24. ai (Lat. we (e), Gr. at, Goth. 6.i, OE. OS. OHG.
é,
5.,
§
ei(é)) remained, as Lat. aedés, originally re-place, hearth,

Gr. burn, OE. 6d, OHG. cit,
rogus; Lat.
1
a't'Ou, zgm's,
aevum, Gr. aio'w (older aifu'w), Goth.. .iws, OHG. éwa, time,
lgfe-time, eterm'yl.
25. el (Lat. (older 6l), Gr. became as Gr. a-reixu,

a)
i,
i
§
Igo, Goth. ateigan, OE. OS. OHG. stigan, to ascend; Gr.

leave, Goth. 1eiluan, OHG. lihzm,
I
heivru, to lend.
§26. oi (Gr. Gr. Goth.

0t)
became a1 (cp. 17), as 018e,

§
[0 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER
wait, OE. Wat, OS. wét, OHG. weiq, he knows; O.Lat.

oinos, Goth. sins, OE. in, OS. é1:, OHG. ein, one, cp. Gr.
oivv'], the ace on dice.
§ 27. au (Lat. au, Gr. au, Goth. au, OE. éa., OS. o, OHG.
ou(o)) remained, as Lat. auris, Goth. auso, OE. éars, OS.
OHG. om, ear; Lat. augére, to increase, Gr. a dvu, I in
crease, Goth. aukan, OHG. ouhhon, to add, increase, OE.
Gaeen (pp.), increased, large.
§28.eu (Gr. eu) remained, as Gr. netieoput, inauire, I

prim. Germ. *beutto, I
inquire, o er ; Gr. yeriu, give a taste I
of;
prim. Germ. *keuso, test, choose. See 56.

1
§
29. ou became au (cp. 17), as Indo-Germ. *roudhos,
§
Goth. raups, OE. réad, OS. rod, OHG. rot, red; Indo
Germ. *bhe-bhoudhe, has waked, Goth. baup, OE. bead, OS.
bod, OHG. 10o1:, he mf'ercd.
530. m (Lat. em, Gr. 0, up.) became um, as 6.p6- (in

dpé ev, from some place or other), Goth. sums, OE. OS. OI-IG.
sum, .tome one; Gr. éxa-rév, Lat. centum (with n from m by
assimilation, and similarly in the Germanic languages), Goth.
OE. OS. hund, OHG. hunt, all from prim. form "kmtom.
a
31. n (Lat. en, Gr. un, as Lat. com-menths

a, av) became
§
(pp) invented, devised, Gr. aim-pares, acting of one s own will,

Goth. ga-munds, OHG. gi-munt, remembrance, prim. form
*mntos (pp.) from root men-, think; OE. wundor, OS.
wundar, OHG. wuntar, wonder, cp. Gr. depéu (from
weeps»), gaze at.
I
r
(Lat. or, Gr. op, pa) became ur, ru, as OE. dur
32.
§
ron, OHG. gi-turrun, we dare, cp. Gr. 9apmis (Opumis), bold,

am y" good courage; dat. pl. Gr. wurpdo't, Goth.
I
Oapaéu,
GRAMMA R II
fadrum, OE. fad(e)rum, tofatllers; Lat. porca, thc ridge
tietween twofurrowr, OE. furh, OHG. furuh, 4rrow.
§ 33. 1
(Lat. 01, Gr. ah, he.) became u1, In, as Goth. mm,
OE. 05. full, OHG. vol, prim. form 'plnés, full; Goth.
wulfs, OE. OS. wulf, OHG. wolf, prim. form *wlqos, Skr.
vi-kas, wol/ I
NOTE. -The u in urn, 1111, 111:, m, ul, lu had the same further de
velopment in the Germanic languages as Indo-Germanic u. See 5 39.
CHAPTER III
THE PRIMITIVE GERMANIC VOWEL-SYSTEM.
§ 34. From what has been said in §§ 13-33, we arrive at
the following vowel-system for the prim. Germ. language :
Short vowels a, e, l, u
Long ,, a, é, i, o,
Diphthongs ai, au, en
Norm Ea was an open e-sound like OE. 5. 6 had the sound of

the 6 in NHG. reh, roe. The origin of this vowel has not yet been
satisfactorily explained. It is important to remember that it is never
the equivalent of Indo-Germanicé which appears as it in prim. Germanic.
See 55 49, 50.
§ 35. This system underwent several modi cations during

the prim. Germanic period, i. e. before the parent language
became differentiated into the various separate Germanic
languages. The most important of these changes were :
§ 36. a.+1_]X became 6.x, as Goth. OS. OHG. fihan, OE.
f6n, from *farjxanan, to catch, seize, cp. Lat. pango, fasten; I
(inf. thenkian), OHG.
Goth. puma. (inf. pag'kian), OS. manta
dihta. (inf. denken), OE. 5o1m, from older "pagxta, 11¢
tlrought, cp. O.Lat. tongeo, I know. Every prim. Germanic a

in accented syllables was of this origin. Cp. § 19.
NOTE The in the above and similar examples was still a nasalized
5.
vowel in prim. Germ., as is seen by its development to 6 in OE. The i

(5 37) and i1 (5 39) were also nasalized vowels in prim. Germanic.
§ 37. e became i under the following circumstances :

1. Beforenasal+consonant, as Goth. OE. OS. bindan,
a
OHG. bintan, to bind, cp. Lat. of-fendimentum, ehin-eloth,
of-fendix, knot, band, Gr. weveepds, father in-law; Gr. 1rév1-e,
Goth. mf, OHG. mf, nf, ne. This explains why OHG.
bintan, to bind, and hélfan, to help, belong to the same ablaut
series. See § 178.
This i became i under the same conditions as those
by which a. became i
(§ 36), as Goth. peihan, OS. thihan,
OHG. dihan, OE. Boon, from *pirjxanan, older *pénxanan,
to thrive. The result of this sound-law was the reason why
the verb passed from the third to the rst class of strong
verbs (§ 176), cp. the isolated pp. OS. gI-thungan, OE. ge
'Uungen,full-grown.
2.When followed by an i, i, orj in the same or the next
syllable, as Goth. OS. OHG. ist, OE. is, from *isti, older
*esti, cp. Gr. Zen, is; OHG. irdin, earthen, beside érda,
earth; Goth. midjis, OE. midd, OS. middi, OHG. mitti,
Lat. medius, from an original form *medhjos, middle; OS.
birid, OHG. birit, he bears, from an original form *bhéreti,
through the intermediate stages *bére i, *béridi, * biridi,
beside inf. beran.
3. In unaccented syllables, as OE. fét, older fo'st, from

*fotiz, older *f6tez,feet, cp. Lat. pedes, Gr. was .
538. i, followed originally by an i, 5 or é in the next
GRAMMA R 1 3
syllable, became a when not protected by a nasal+consonant

or an intervening i
or j, as OE. OS. OHG. war, from
"wiraz, older *wiros, man, cp. Lat. vir; OE. OHG. nest,
nest, cp. Lat. nidus, from *nizdos. In historic times, how
ever, this law has an exceedingly great number of exceptions
owing to the separate languages having levelled out in
various directions, OHG. quéc beside OE. cwic,
cp. e.g.
quick, alive, cp. Lat. vivos (vivus); OHG. lébara. beside
OE. lifer, liver; OHG. lébén beside OE. libban, to live;
OHG. léceon beside OE. lieeian, to lick; OHG. wéssa
beside wissa, I kncw.
§39. u, followed originally by an i, 6 or é in the next

syllable, became 0 when not protected by a following nasal +
consonant or an intervening i
or j, as OHG. joh, OE. geoc,
yoke, cp. Lat. jugum, Gr. tuyév; OE. OS. god, OHG. got,
god, from an original neuter form *ghutom, beside OHG.
g-utin, goddess; OHG. fol (vol) from an original form plnés,
full, OHG. fulli, fullness; OE. geholpen, pp. of
beside
helpan, to help, OS. giholpan, OHG. glholfan, beside OE.
gebunden, pp. of bindan, to bind, OS. gibundan, OHG.
gibuntan; OE. budon, OHG. butun, we o red, beside pp.
OE. geboden, OHG. gibotan.
Every prim. Germanic o in accented syllables was of this
origin. Cp. § 17. .
u became 11 under the same circumstances as those by

which a and i i, as pret. 3rd pers. sg. Goth.
became a and
P hta, OS. th hta, OE. p hte, OHG. d hta, seemed, beside
inf. Goth. pugkjan, OHG. dunken, to seem.
§40. From what has been said in §§ 34-39, it will be

seen that the prim. Germ. vowel-system had assumed the
following shape before the differentiation into dialects of the

Germanic parent language :
Short vowels a, e, i, o, u
Long E,
1'1
é,
o,
,,
5.,
i,
Diphthongs iii, au, en
The further development of these sounds in Old High
German will be brie y discussed in the following chapter.
CHAPTER IV
THE OHG. DEVELOPMENT OF THE GENERAL GERMANIC
VOWEL-SYSTEM.
A. THE Snon'r VOWELS or ACCENTED

SYLLABLES
§41. Before entering upon the history of the various
vowels we shall here de ne and illustrate umlaut, pheno
menon of frequent occurrence in OHG. a
By umlaut meant the modi cation of an accented vowel
is
through the in uence of an orj in the following syllable.

l
The only vowel, which underwent this modi cation in the

period of OHG. treated in this book, was a, which became
e
Examples are: ferit, g0er, inf. faran; nom. pl.

(§
6).
kelbir, calves, geeti, guests, beside nom. sing. kalb, gast;
inf. nerien (Goth. naqian), to save; brennen (Goth. bran
njan), burn; heri (Goth. harjis), army;
to lengi, length,
beside lnng, long.
a.
42. Germanic a generally remained unchanged in OHG.,
5
as OHG. OS. OE. Goth. faran 181), to go; OHG. OS.

(§
GRAMMAR 1
5
gaet, Goth. gasts, guest; OHG. tag, OS. dag, Goth. dags,
day; OHG. bant 178), OS. OE. Goth. band, he bound;
OHG. OS. Goth. nam 179), he took; OHG. gab 180),
OS. Goth. gaf, he gave.
§ 43. a became e when followed by an i or 1 in the next

syllable, for examples see § 41. This i-umlaut of a. did not,
however, take place in the following cases :
pl.
1. Before ht, hs, or consonant+w, maht, power,
as
mnhtl wahsit, he grows, inf. wahsan; bi-acatwen from
;
'scatwjan, to shade.
a. In Upper German before 1+consonant, before hh, ch
k,
(=Germanic 84), and often before r+consonant, and

§
before (=Germanic h), as UG. halttt beside UFr. heltit,

h
he holds, inf. haltan; UG. altiro beside UF r. elttro, older;
UG. sachit beside UFr. aehhit, he quarrels, inf. sachan,

Goth. eakan; UG. warmen beside wemen, Goth. warmjan,
to warm; slahit beside slohit, he strikes, inf. OHG. Goth.
slahan.
In words ending in -ni'ssi, -nissa., or -1ih, as rstant
3.
nissi, understanding; kraftlih, strong; tagalih, daily.

6
44. Germanic in order to distinguish

(usually written
5
a
§
from the which arose from the i-umlaut of generally

a.)
it
remained in OHG., as OHG. OS. OE. wag, way; OHG.

OS. OE. helm, helm; OHG. hélfan, OS. OE. helpan, to
help; OHG. OS. OE. stolan, to steal; OHG. éqqan, OS. OE.
etan, to eat.
Germ. became in OHG. when followed by u in the

a
e
next syllable, hilfu, him, bear, gibu, Igz'vf,

I
as help,
beside inf. hélfan, béran, géban; OHG. sibun, OS. sebun.
Lat. septem, seven; OHG. hu, Lat. pecu, eat/le; OHG.

lu from an original form *pelu, mach. This law has many
exceptions due to new formations where the Fe was regular,
thus éhu beside hu is due to levelling out the oblique stem
form, as gen. féhes, dat. féhe.
On the OHG. change of e to i
in the general Germanic
combination eww (= Goth. iggw) and in the West Germanic
combination eww from ewj, see § 90.
On OHG. forms like lirnén, to learn, wissa, knew, skif, I
ship, skirm, proteez'zbn, beside lérnén, wéssa, skéf, skérm,
see § 38.
In
I
a few words é has become 0 through the in uence
of a preceding w, as wola, (adv.), well, wolta, would,
worolt, world, beside wéla, wélta, wéralt.
i
§45. Germanic i remained in OHG., as OHG. ak,
OS. OE. sc, Goth. sks, sh; OHG. wituwa, OS. widowa,
OE. widewe, Goth. widuwo, widow, OHG. wiq-aim, OS.OE.
. Goth. witan, to know; OHG. biqqun, OE. biton, Goth.
bitum, we bzt; pp. OHG. gibiqqan, OE. biten, Goth. bitans,
bit/en.
§46. which arose from an older u (§ 39),

Germanic 0,
remained in OHG., as OHG. got, OS. OE. god, god; OHG.
tohter, OS. dohtar, OE. dohtor, daughter; pp. OHG.
gibotan, OS. gibodan, OE. geboden, oj'kred, OHG. inf.
biotan (§ 177); pp. OHG. gihol m, OS. giholpem, OE.
geholpen, helped, OHG.inf. hélfan (§ 178) ; pp. OHG. OS.
giboran, OE. geboren, OHG. inf. béran (§ 179), to bear;
GRAMMAR 1 7
pret. OHG. worhta, OE. worhte, he worked, beside OHG.

inf. wurken from older *wurkian.
I].
Germanic u remained in OHG., as OHG. OS. OE.
§ 47.
sunu, Goth. sunus, son; OHG. OS. wurm, stem wurmi-,
worm; OHG. huggen, OS. huggian, Goth. hugan, to think ;
OHG. wullin, woollen, guldin, golden, beside wolla, wool,
gold, gold; wurken from older *wurkjan, to work, beside
pret. worhta; pret. pl. OHG. butun, OS. budun, OE.
budon, Goth. budum, we o 'ered, OHG. inf. biotan (§ 177) ;
pret. pl. OHG. buntun, OS. bundun, OE. bundon, Goth.
bundum, we bound, OHG. inf. bintzm (§ 178), pp. OHG.
gibuntan, OS. g-ibundan, OE. gebunden, Goth. bundans,
bound.
B. THE Lone VowELB or ACCmr'mn SYLLABLES

a.
§ 48. The a, which arose from a. according to § 36,

remained in OHG., as OHG. OS. Goth. tahan, to catch, seize;
OHG. OS. Goth. hahan, 1mg, beside OHG. pp. gihangan;
I
to
pret. sing. OHG.di.hta, OS. thihta, Goth. pahta, thought,

beside inf. OHG. denken, Goth. pagkian ; OHG. OS. Goth.
brihta, I brought, beside OHG. bringan, to bring.
Q
49. Germanic is (= OS. OE. é, Goth. became in
6.,
é)
§
a.
OHG., as OHG. tit, OS. did, OE. da'sd, Goth. ga-déps, deed;
OHG. sit, OS. sad, OE. siad, seed; OHG. ritan, OS. ridan,
OE. rédan, to adw'se, Goth. ga-rédan, to re ect upon OHG.
;
OS. birun, OE. br'éron, Goth. bérum, we bore OHG. inf.

;
béran 179) OHG. siqun, OS. situn, OE. séton, Goth.

;
eétun, {key sat, OHG. inf. sitzen 180, note

3)
VIIIGHT
c
6
§50. Germanic é, which cannot be traced back phono
logically to Indo-Germanic 20), is of obscure origin. In
e (§
the oldest historic periods of most of the Germanic lan
guages, the two sounds are kept quite apart.
Germanic é (= OS. OE. Goth. é) became developed to ie
during the OHG. period through the intermediate stages of
ea, 1a.. is (Otfrid ia, but beside this also ie) is the OHG.
normal form from about the middle of the ninth century.
All four stages occur at different periods, as e.g. hér, hear,
hiar, hier, OS. OE. Goth. hér, here; OHG. méta, &c., OS.
méda, OE. mod, #91, reward; pret. sg. OHG. rét, 8zc.,
OS. OE. réd, OHG. inf. ritan (§ 183), to admire ; OHG. léq,
&c., OS. OE. lét, he let, OHG. inf. liqan. For other
examples in the preterite of the old reduplicated verbs, see
§ 183.
1
§ 51. Germanic i remained in OHG. as also in the oldest

periods of the other Germanic languages, as OHG. OS. OE.
swin, Goth. swein, pg; OHG.
OS. OE. sin, Goth. seins,
111's 5 OHG. biqan, OS. OE. bitan, Goth. beitan, to bile.
0
o became uo in stem syllables during the
§ 52. Germanic
OHG. period through the intermediate stages 0a., ua. Otfrid
regularly has ua, but Tatian uo. The stage on. does not
occur in Upper Franconian monuments. Examples are :
OHG. fuoq, OS. OE. fot, Goth. fotus, fo0t; OHG. uot,
OS. OE. od, Goth. odus, ood, stream; OHG. fuor, OS.
I
OE. Goth. for, fared, OHG. inf. faran 181) ; OHG.
GRAMMAR 19
suohhen, OS. sokian, Goth. sokjan, to seek; OHG. bluoian,

OS. bloian, Goth. *blojan, to bloom, blossom.
11
§ 53. Germanic 11 remained in OHG. as also in the oldest

periods of the other Germanic languages, as OHG. OS. OE.
h s, house, Goth. h s in gudh s, temple; OHG. OS. OE.
r m, Goth. rims, room; OHG. d sunt, OS. th sundig,
OE. p send, Goth. p sundi, thousand; OHG. l hhan, OE.
l ctm, to look, Goth. gali'zkan, to shut, close; OHG. d hta.
(§ 39), OS. th hta, OE. p hte, Goth. p hta, it seemed, inf.

OHG. dunken, Goth. pugkjan.
C. THE DIPHTHONGS OF ACCENTED SYLLABLES

ai
§54. Germanic (=05. OE. Goth. 6i) became
5.,
a1 é,
long close (through the intermediate stage of long open &
é
oiten written as, in the oldest OHG. monuments) before r,

9
old 77), and w, as OHG. OS. far, before, Goth. sir, soon,
h
(§
earl OHG. méro, OS. méra, OE. mira, Goth. maiza,

;
greater; OHG. léren, OS. lérian, Goth. léiqian, to teach;

OHG. éht, Goth. aihts, possession pret. sg. OHG. OS.
;
1eh, OE. 16h, Goth. laihr, lent, OHG. inf. lihan 176);
l
(§
gen. OHG. OS. snéwes, OE. sniwes, Q/ snow, Goth. snaiws,

snow; OHG. séls. older séula, OS. séola, OE. siwol, Goth.
saiwala, soul; pret. sg. OHG. spéo from older *spéw, OE.
spiw, Goth. spaiw, OHG. inf. spiwan 176), to spit.
Germanic nal ai also became in OHG., as OHG. OS.
é
wé, OE. wi, Goth. wai, woe OHG. dé, Goth. psi, they.
/;
In all other cases Germanic ai became 6l in OHG., as

a
c
20 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER_
OHG. heil, OS. hél, OE. hil, Goth. hails, hale, whole, sound ;
OHG. stein, OS. stén, OE. shin, Goth. stains, stone; pret.
sing. OHG. steig, OS. stég, OE. stag, Goth. staig, OHG.
inf. stigan 176), to ascend; OHG. heiqan 183), OS.
hétan, OE. hitan, Goth. haitan, {0 name, call.
an
§ 55. Germanic au (=08. o, OE. 5a., Goth. 6u) became
in OHG. long close o (through the intermediate stages so,
n, and old
d,
long open before the consonants
r,
s,
q,
t,
{>)
1,
77), as OHG. tod, 05. do6, OE. déap, Goth. daupus,
11
death; OHG. rot, OS. rod, OE. réad, Goth. raups, red;
pret. sg. OHG. goq, Goth. gaut, OHG.
OS. got, OE. 558,17,
inf. gioqan, to pour; pret. sg. OHG. OS. kos, OE. céas,
Goth. kaus, OHG. inf. kiosan 177),to choose OHG. OS.
(§
;
1o11, OE. 15m, Goth. hiun, pay, reward; OHG. OS. om, OE.
éam, Goth. auso, ear, OHG. kol, from Lat. caulis, stalk;
OHG. OS. hoh, OE. héah, Goth. h uhs, hzg/z; pret. sg.
OHG. 2oh, OS. toh, OE. 1258.11, Goth. tauh, OHG. inf.
ziohan draw, lead.
to
177),
(§
Before all other consonants and nally au became ou in

OHG. in the course of the ninth century.
Examples are:
OHG. ouga, OS. oga, OE. éage, Goth. augo, eye; OHG.
houbit, OS. hobid, OE. héafod, Goth. haubip, head; OHG.
goumen, OS. gomian, Goth. gliumjan, to pay atlention to,
held; pret. sg. OHG. boug, OS. bog, OE. béag, Goth.
bang, OHG. inf. biogan, to bend; pret. sg. OHG. kou, OE.
oéaw, OHG. inf. kiuwan 177), to chew.
(§
'
611
28) became iu in Gothic.

56. Original eu In OS.
it
(§
§
generally became so (l0) and in OE. é0. But became in.

it
GRAMMAR 2 1
in OS. and is in OE. when originally followed by an i orj

in the next syllable.
In OHG. it became iu when originally followed by an i, j,
or u in the next syllable. It also became iu in Upper German
before labials and gutturals except old 11
(§ 77), as OHG. OS.
niuwi, OE. niewe, Goth. niujis, stem form niujzr, older
neujo-, new ; OHG. liuhten, OS. liuhtian, OE. liehtan,
Goth. liuhtjan, older *leuhtzjan, to hight ; OHG. kiusit, OS.
kiusid, OE. cieso, Goth. kiusip, he chooses, tests, OHG. inf.
kiosan ; OHG. diutisk, vugan's, beside dicta, people; OHG.
kiusu, céose, I choose.
Upper_ German liup, dear, tiuf, deep, siuh, sick, liugan, to

lie, beside Franconian liob, tiof, sioh, liogan; UG. and Fr.
lioht, lzght, beside liuhten, to Izghl.
In all other cases Original on became so in OHG., which
passed into i0 (Otfrid mostly is.) during the rst half of the
ninth century, as OHG. OS. lioht, OE. léoht, Goth. linhap,
a high, cp.Gr. )tcux6s, hghl, bught; OHG. OS. kioaan, OE.
céosan, Goth. kiusan, to test, choose, cp. Gr. Y iu from older
*yedau, Igive a task
of:
CHAPTER V
Tm: OHG. DEVELOPMENT oF THE PRIMITIVE GERMANIC
VOWELS 0F UNACCENTED SYLLABLES.
A. THE VOWELB OF FINAL SYLLABLEB

§57. 1. Final long vowels, inherited from primitive
Germanic, became shortened already in primitive High
German :
-o became -u, as biru from *bero=Gr. <|>épo, I bear; instr

sg. tagu from dago, hy day.
-i became -i, as pret. subj. I. and 3. pers. sg. n mi beside

3. pers. pl. namin.
These short vowels then underwent the same further

development in OHG. as original short u and i. See below.
2. a, (=Indg. o and a), which was originally nal or became

nal through the loss of a following consonant, disappeared
in dissyllabic and polysyllabic forms already in prim. High
German.
u and i, which were originally nal or became nal through

the loss of a following consonant, disappeared in trisyllabic
and polysyllabic forms. They, as well as the u and i, which
arose from the shortening of o and i, disappeared also in
dissyllabic forms when the rst syllable was long, but remained
when the rst syllable was short. The regular operation of
this law was often disturbed by analogical formations.
Regular forms were: OHG. weiq=Gr. 01811, I know;

OHG. nom. wolf from *wu1faz=Gr. Mixes, wolf; OHG.
béran from *beranan, pre-Germanic *bheronom, to bear;
OHG. weiq=Gr. 018:, he knows; OHG. 3. pers. pret. sg.
kos, bant from *kausi, *bandi, pre-Germanic *gouse,
*bhondhe. OHG. ist=Gr. ion, is; OHG. gast from
*gastiz, guest=Lat. hostis; OHG. meri, sea, cp. Lat.
pl.
mar1-a; OHG. wini from *winiz, friend. OHG. tod=

Goth. daupus, death; OHG. uot=Goth. odus, ood.
OHG. hu=Goth. faihu, Lat. pacus, cattle; OHG. nom.
sunu= Goth. eunus, son OHG. situ=Goth. sidus, custom;
;
OHG. biru, Gr. (Mm, bear. Then after the analogy of

I
GRAMMA R 23
these and similar forms were made stat for *ateti, place; sun
beside sunu, son; h fu for *hilt, I
help; &c.
'
Later than the shortening mentioned under I, occurred
3.
the shortening which was experienced in dissyllabic and poly
syllabic words by the long vowel, after which an -n or -a
had disappeared, and by the -5 and -o from older -a.i and -a.u,
which were either already nal in prim. Germanic, or had
become so after the loss of -z as well as by the -i which had
arisen from older -iji. In this case a distinction must be made
according as the long vowel originally had the slurred or
the broken accent.In the former case -o became -o and
in the latter case -a. in OHG. This shortening also took
OHG.
pl.
place in prim. High German. Examples are: gen.
tago from *dagon, ofdayx gen. pl. zungono, Goth. tuggc'mo,
;
nom. sg. OHG. hano from *xanon, cock

of
tonguer; but
;
nom. pl. OHG. taga, Goth. dagos; nom. sg. OHG. hérza,
Goth. hairto, heart; acc. sg. OHG. géba, gz , cp. Gr.
Xa'ipiv; nom. pl. masc. OHG. blinte, Goth. blindai, blind;
loc. sg. used as dat. OHG. tags from *dagai, cp. Gr. o t'xot,
at home; OHG. ahto, Goth. ahtau, ez'ght; gen. sg. OHG.
suno, Goth. sunaus, a son; OHG. w i from *wiliz, thou
of
wilt nom. pl. OHG. gesti from *gastiz, older *gastidiz, cp.
;
Gr. 1.6). s from *nohejss, ezties; OHG. imper. neri from

*nazi, older *naziji, save thou.
58. OHG. short and long vowels remained in nal

§
syllables when followed by consonant, as neut. sg. blintaq,

a
bh'nd; acc. man, him; inf. hélfan, to help gen. tagea, qfa
;
day; gen. dat. hanen, hérzen beside nom. hano, cock, hérza,
heart; nom. acc. pl. lembir, Iambr; dat. pl. enstim, to
wourr; nimit, he takes; ubil, an]; acc. hanon, cook;
i4 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER
sibun, seven ; dat. pl. tagum, to days ; habén, to have; nemés,

thou mayest take; blintém, blind; mahtig, mzlghfy ;
dat. pl.
tiurlih, dear; dat. pl. hohjm, to hezghts; nimis, thou mzghtest
take; salbon, to anoint; suohtos, Ihou soughtest; dat. pl.
gébom, zungom beside nom. sg. géba, git, zunga, tongue;
acc. gen. dat. sg. zung-un.
§ 59. If a
nasal or a liquid, preceded by a mute consonant,
came to stand nally after the loss of a, it became vocalic
and then generated a new a. before as nom. acc. éban,
it,
even, from *ébn, older *é bnaz, ébnan nom. acc. fogal, bird,
;
from *fogl, older *foglaz, *foglan; nom. acc.
acchar, acre,
eld, from *akr, older *akraz, *akran &c.
;
The thus generated, became transferred to the
0.,
oblique
cases also, at rst after short syllables, and then later after
long syllables as well, e.g. fogales, wuntare, &c.
B. THE VOWELS OF OTHER THAN FINAL

SYLLABLES
§60. Here can merely be stated the more important
phenomena; for the rest the student must be referred to the
various articles on the subject in Paul and
Braune s Beztrdge
zur Gesehiehte der deutsehen Sprache una
Lzteratur, and to
ch. in Braune s Allhoehdeutsehe
ii
Grammatz'k, 2nd edition,

1891.
§61. The in the preterite and past participle of weak

I, i
verbs, class was regularly

syncopated after long stem
syllables, as branta, burnt, pp. g'ibrantér horta,
I
heard,
,-
pp. gihortér; beside nerita, saved, pp. gineritér; &c.

I
62. Medial vowels were often

assimilated to nal vowels,
§
GRAMMAR ,5
as keisar, emperor, gen. keiseres; wuntoron, to wonder,

beside wuntar ; sibun, seven, beside in ected form sibini; &c.
§ 63. In all High German dialects a vowel was developed

between medial rh and 1h, as also before w in the combina
tions rw, 1w, and aw. The vowel thus developed appeared
mostly as or 0, but it not unfrequently regulated itself after
a.
the quality of a neighbouring vowel, cp. § 59. Examples

are : béraht, Goth. bairhtl, elear; furhten, to be afraid,
beside pret. forhta, forahta; wurken, to work, beside pret.
worhta, worahta. fe'lhan beside felahan, bi luhu,
I
; to hide,
hide, bi lihit, he hides ; garo, read), in ected form garwér

beside garawér ; mélo, meal, our, gen. mélwes beside
mélawes, dat. mélewe; zéswa, rzght hand, beside zésawa.
CHAPTER VI
THE Fmsr SoUnn-snrFrrno, VnRnER s LAW, AND OTHER
CONSONANT CHANGES WHICH TOOK PLACE IN rm; PRIMI
rrvz GERMANIC LANGUAGE.
§64. The rst sound-shifting, popularly called Grimm's

Law, refers to the changes which the Indo-Germanic tenues,
tenues aspiratae, mediae, and mediae aspiratae underwent in
the period of
Germanic primitive community, i. e. before
the
the Germanic parent language became differentiated into the
separate Germanic languages : Gothic, 0. Norse, 0. English,
0. Frisian, O. Saxon (0. Low German), 0. Low Franconian
(0. Dutch), and 0. High German.
The Indo-Germanic parent language had
§ 65. the follow
ing system of consonants :
LABIAL. DENTAL. PALATAL- GUTTURAL.
g
tenues p t k q
é
mediae b d g 8
ph th kh qh
it tenues aspiratae
mediae asp. bh dh gh
"s1
8h
voiceless
s
,
Spzrants
voiced
I
{
J.
A'asals m n D
it
Liquids 1'
1,
Semioowels w (13.)
(i)
i
NoTE.- 1. Explosives are consonants which are formed by complete
closure of the mouth passage, and may be pronounced with or without
voice, e. with or without the vocal cords being set in action; in the
i.
former case they are said to be voiced (e. g. the mediae), and in the
latter voiceless (e. the tenues). The aspiratae are pronounced like
g.
the simple tenues and mediae followed by an 1:, e. g. like the th in

English pothook, ph in haphazard, or (11.1 in madhoure.
The palatal explosives are formed by the front or middle of the
tongue and the roof of the mouth (hard palate), like g, (n) in English
k
get, good, kid, could; whereas the velars are formed by the root of
the tongue and the soft palate (velum). The latter do not occur in
English, but are common in Hebrew, and are generally also heard in the
Swiss pronunciation of literary German. The palatal and velar uasals
only occurred before their corresponding explosives, k, 1'1g IJq, 118. 8w
;
2. Spirants are consonants formed by the mouth passage being

narrowed at one spot in such a manner that the outgoing breath gives
rise to frictional sound at the narrowed part.
a
5 only occurred before voiced explosives, e. g. *ondos=Gr. 6; ,

OHG. nut, twig.
was like the widely spread North German pronunciation of inja, not
:l
;]
exactly like the in English yes, which generally pronounced without

y
is
distinct friction. occurred very rarely in the prim. Indo-Germanic

3
language. In the Germanic, as in most other Indo-Germanic languages,

the frictional element in this sound became reduced, which caused
it
to pass into the so-called semivowel.

GRAMMAR 27
The nasals and liquids had the functions both of vowels and con
3.
sonants (cp. 55 13, 30-3). In like manner the semivowels, w (u) and
j ) corresponding to u, i.
are the consonants
4. In the writing down of prim. Germanic forms the signs p (=th in

thin), 8 (=th in then), 5 (=9. bilabial spirant, which may be pro
nounced like the v in vine), 5 (=3 often heard in German angen),
x (= German ch).
§66. The Indg. tenues p, t, k, q became in prim. Ger

manic the voiceless spirants f, p, X, x
(xw).
p>f. Lat. pés, Gr. nods, Goth. fotus, OE. OS.f6t, OHG.
fuoq, foot; Lat. piscis, Goth. sks, OS. OHG. sk, OE.
ee, sh; Lat. nepos, Goth. *nifa, OE. nefa, OHG. néfo,
nephew.
t>];. Lat. tu, Gr. Dor. Pu, OE. OS. th ,

I
rd, Goth. p11,
thou; Lat. verto, turn, Goth. wairpan, OE. Weor'dan,
OS. werthan, to become; Lat. friter, Goth. bropar, OE.
brosor, OS. brothar, brother.
k>x. Lat. canis, Gr. nah-w, Goth. hunds, OE. OS. hund,
OHG. hunt, hound, dog; Lat. cor (gen. cordis), Gr. xap8i5,
Goth. hairto, OE. heorte, OS. herta, OHG. hérza, heart;
Lat. deeem, Gr. Se'xa, Goth. taihun, OS. tehan, OHG. zéhan,
ten ; Lat. d ed, I
lead, Goth. tiuhan, OS. tiohan, OHG.
ziohan, to draw, lead.
q>x (Xw). Lat. eapio, I
take, Goth. ha an, OE. hebban,
OS. hebbian, OHG. he en, to raise ; Lat. vinco, conquer, I
Goth. weihan, OHG. wihan, to ght.
Lat. quis, Goth. hras, OE. hwa, OS. hwé, OHG. hwér
(wér), who P; Gr. heiwu (from *leiqo), 1 leave, Goth. leihran,
OHG. lihan, to lend.
NOTE. I. The Indg. tenues remained unshifted in the combination

a 4- tennis.
sp. Lat. spuere, Goth. speiwan, OE. OS. OHG. ap'iwan,

I
to vomit;
Lat. con-spicio, look at, OHG. apéhon, to spy.
st. Lat. est, Gr. (0'11, Goth. OS. OHG. ist, is; Gr. weixu, Igo,
Lat. vestigium, otstep, Goth. steigan, OE. OS. OHG. stigan, to
ascend.
51:. Gr. mud, shadow, Goth. skeinan, OE. OS. OHG. scinan, to
shine; Lat. piscia, Goth. sks, OE. ne, 0S. OHG. ak, sh.
sq. Gr. Ova-axtics, sacrt' eing priest, OE. scéawian, OS. scauwon,
OHG. scouwon, to look, view.
The t also remained in the Indg. combinations pt, kt, qt.
2.
pt>ft;. Gr. xMm-qs, Goth. hliftus, a thief; Lat. neptis, grand
daughter, m'ece, OE. OHG. nift, niece.
kt>xt. Gr. 6x141, Lat. onto, Goth. ahtziu, OE. eahta, OS. OHG.
ahto, eight; Gr. 6-pewr s, stretched out, Lat. réctus, Goth. raihta,
OE. riht, OS. OHG. reht, night, straight.
qt>xt. gen. sing. Gr. WK I'65, Lat. noctis, nom. Goth. nahts, OE.
neaht, OS. OHG. naht, night.
§67. The Indg. mediae b, d, g, g became the tenues

p, t, k, k (kw).
b>p. O. Bulgarian slab , slack, weak, Goth. slépan, OE.
slépan, OS. shipan, to sleep, originally to be slack; Lithua
nian dubi ts, Goth. diups, OE. déop, OS. diop, deep.
d>t. Lat. decem, Gr. Séxu, Goth. taihun, OE. tien, OS.
tehan, ten; Lat. d co, I
Goth. tiuhan, OE. téon,
lead,
OS. tiohan, to draw, lead; Lat. edere, Goth. itan, OE. OS.
etan, to eat; Lat. vidére, to see, Goth. OE. OS. witan, to
know.
g>k. Lat. genu, Gr. 76w, Goth. kniu, OE. cnéo, OS.
OHG. kneo, knee; Lat. gusto, I
taste, Gr. yetiu, let taste, I
Goth. kiusan, OE. eéosan, OS. OHG. kiosan, to test, choose;
Lat. ego, Gr. eye's, Goth. OS. ik, OE. lc, I.
<3>k Lat. ge1u, frost, Goth. kalds, OE. eeald,

(kw).
OS. kald, OHG. kalt, cold; Lat. augére, Goth. aukan, OS.
GRA MMA R g
9
oldan, to add, inerease; Lat. jugum, Gr. Luyév, Goth. juk,

OE. geoc,_yohe.
Gr. le; from *g iwos, 1J2 , Lat. vivos from *gwiwoa,
Goth. qius (gen. qiwis), OE. cwicu, OS. qm'k, OHG. quéc,
quick, alive; Gr. Baivu from *Buvju, I go, Lat. venio
I
from
*gwemjo, come, Goth. qlman, OHG. quéman, to come.
§ 68. The Indg. tenues aspiratae became voiceless spirants

in prim. Germanic, and thus fell together with and underwent
all further changes in common with the voiceless spirants
which arose from the Indg. tenues (§ 66), the latter having
also passed through the intermediate stage of tenues aspiratae
before they became voiceless spirants. The tenues aspiratae
were, however, of so rare occurrence- in the prim. Indg.
language, that they may be neglected in an elementary work
of this kind.
§ 69. The Indg. mediae aspiratae bh, dh, gh, 9h probably

became rst of all the voiced spirants b, d, 5, 5(w). For the
further development of these sounds during the prim. Germanic
period, see §§ 70, 71.
70. b, d initially, and

b,
medially after their corre

d,
§
g
sponding nasals, became the voiced explosives b, g:

d,
b. Goth. bairan, OE. OS. OHG. bet-an, to bear, Skr.

bharami, Gr. oépu, Lat. fero, bear; Goth. bropar, OE.
I
broom, OS. brothnr, OHG. bruoder, Skr. bh rtan, Lat.

friter, brother.
Goth. *kambs, OE. comb, OHG. oamb, comb, Skr. jam
bhae, tooth, Gr. yépoos, bob , nail, prim. form *gom'bhos.
d. Goth. dogs, OE. deg, OS. dag, day, Skr. ni-daghae,
older *ui-dhighas, hot searon, summer, Indg. form dhogholi
OE. d d, OS. dad, deed, related to Gr. 01'1-00, I shall place,

Skr. dhblma, law, dwelling-place, root dhé-, put, place.
Goth. OE. OS. bindan, to bind, Skr. bandhanam, a bindzng,
root bhendh-.
Goth. aggwus, OS. OHG. engi, narrow, cp. Lat. angc'a,
I
g.
Gr. dyxu, press ght, root a.1'1gh-; Goth. laggs, OE. long,
OS. OHG. lang, Lat. longus, long.
§ 71. 15, remained in other positions, and their further
65,
development belongs to the history of the separate languages.

See 85.
§
VEBNER'S LAW
72. After the completion of the rst sound-shifting, and
§
while the principal accent was not yet con ned to the root
syllable, uniform interchange took place between the
a
voiceless and voiced spirants, which may be thus stated :

The medial or nal spirants X, Xw, regularly became
f,
p,
15, d, 5w, 2 when the vowel next preceding them did not,
5,
according to the original Indg. system of accentuation, bear

the principal accentiof the word.
The gw, which thus arose from Indg. p, k,
'6,
d, q,
g,
t,
underwent in the Germanic languages all further changes in

common with the d, 5w from Indg. bh, dh, gh,
5,
15,
9h.
law manifests itself most clearly in the various
Verner s
forms of strong verbs, where the in nitive, present participle,
present tense, and preterite_'(properly perfect) singular had the
principal accent on the root-syllable, but the indic. pret. plural,
the pret. subj. (properlyoptative), and past participle had the
principal accent on the ending, as prim. Germanic *wérpo>
OE. weor b'e, become= Skr. varta-mi, turn; pret. *warps >
II
II
OE. wear'b,
pl.
became= Skr. va-varta, have turned; pret.

GRAMMAR 31
pl.
*wurdumi> OE. *wurdum (wurdon is the 3. pers. used
for all persons), we became= Skr. va-vrtima; pp. wurdané.
>OE. worden=Skr. va-vrtina- OS. birid=Skr. bhéa'ati,
;
he bears; 2. pers. sg. pres. indic. passive Goth. bairaza=
Skr. bharasé. Or to take examples from noun-forms we have,

e.g. Skr. pit6.r-, Gr. 1ra1-e'P-=prim. Germ. *fatter, Goth.
fadaa-, OE. fmder,'OS. fader; Gr. é-xa-rév, Lat. centum=
prim. Germ. 'Xundom, Goth. OE. OS. hund, hundred.
The combinations sp, st, 51:, as, ft, fs, hs, and ht were
not subject to this law.
NOTIL Thc primitive Germanic system of accentuatiou was like that

of Sanskrit, Greek, &c., e. the principal accent could fall on any
i.
syllable; was not until later period of the primitive Germanic

it
a.
language that the principal accent was con ned to the root-syllable.
From what has been said above follows that the inter
it
changing pairs of consonants due to Verner s law are: f b,

p-a, s z, x g, Xw- gw.
f b. Goth. OHG. inf. Italian,
I
part , need, pl. pat'u bum

;
pl.
to raise, pret. huobun, pp. gihaban.

p-a. OE. inf. weorpan, to become, snipan, to cut, pret. pl.
wurdon, snidon, pp. Worden, sniden.
s z. Prim. Germ. *kéuso, test, pret. 1. pl. 'kuzumi, pp.
I
*kuzana-, inf. OE. céosan, OHG. kiosan, to choose, pret. pl.

OE. ouron, OHG. kurun, pp. OE. coren, OHG. gikoran.
The West Germanic languages and Old Norse regularly
developed this to r.
a
X 5. Inf. OE. téon (from *téohan), OHG. ziohan, to

draw, pret. pl. OE. tugon, OHG. zugun, pp. OE. togen,
OHG. gizogan.
xw gw. Prim. Germ. *séXwan-, to see, pret. I. pl. *l55
wumi, pp. *se5wana-, cp. OE. séon (from *seo(hw)a.n,_pret.

pl. siigon, pp. sewen.
5w became 5 before u, in other cases it became w, as

Goth. magus, a bo], beside mawi from *ma.(5)wi, a girl;
Goth. siuns, OE. eéon (sion), OS. siun, from *se(5)wnis,
a seeing, zce; Goth. enaiws, OE. snaw (with -w from the
oblique cases), from *snai(5)wa.s, prim. form *snoighos,
snow.
NOTE. I. Causative verbs had originally su ix accentuntion, and

therefore also exhibit the change of consonants given above. Examples
are: Goth. wairpan, to beeome fra-wardjan, to destroy; OE. 1ipan,to
go ls-edau from *laidjan, to lead; OE. i-risan, to arise r ran from
*raizjan, to raise.
2. Itis best to defer giving many examples of Vemer s law in OHG.
until after the HG. sound~shifting has been treated. See 5 87.
OTHER CONSONAJNT CHANGES

§ 73.Every labial-l-t became ft, as Goth. skapjan, OE.
scieppan, OHG. skephen, to create, beside Goth. ga-ska1 ts,
creation, OE. ge-sceaft,OHG. gi-scaft,ereature; Goth. giban,
OHG. géban, to give, beside Goth. fru-gifts, a giving, OE.
OHG. gift, gz '.
Every guttural+t became ht, as OE. OHG. magan, to be
able, beside pret. sing. Goth. mahta, OE. menhta, OHG.
mahta; Goth. waurkjan, OE. wyroan, OHG. wurken, to
work, beside pret. and pp. Goth. wn rhta, wai'irhts, OE.
worhte, worht, OHG. worhta, gi-worht; Goth. briggan,
OE. OHG. bringan, to bring, beside pret. and pp. Goth.
brihta, *brihts, OE. brdhte, brdht, OHG. brihta, briht.
Every dental+t became as, 5 (st), as Goth. OE. witan, to
know, beside pret. Goth. wissa, OE. wisee, OHG. wissa.
(wésea).
GRAMMAR 33
The as became simpli ed to s after long syllables and

before r, and then between the s and r there was developed
a t, as Goth. haitan, OE. hitnn, to call, command, beside
OE. him from *haisai-, command ; Goth. OE. witan, to know,
beside Goth. unweia, unknowing, OE. OHG. wis, wise;
Goth. gup blostreis, worshipper of God, OHG. bluoster,
saerz ce, cp. Goth. blotan, to worship ; OE. fostor, sustenance,
Cp. Goth. fc'idjan, to ed.
Instead of as (s) we often meet with st. In such cases the
st is due to the analogy of forms where t was quite regular,
e. g. regular forms were Goth. last, thou didst gather, inf.
linan; Goth. sloht, thou didst strike, inf. alahan; OE. meaht,
OHG. maht, magan; then after the analogy
thou canst, inf.
of such forms were made 2. pers. sg. Goth. waist for
*wais, OE. wast for *wis, OHG. weist for "weis ; regular
forms were pret. sg. Goth. wa rhta, OE. worhte, OHG.
worhta, Goth. inf. walirkjan, work; then after the
to
analogy of such forms were made OE. wists, beside wisse,

OHG. wésta, beside wiesa (wéssa).
'
§ 74. Guttural n (1]) disappeared before x, as Goth. OHG.

hnrs, from *faqxanan, to seize, eateh ; OHG. pret. dihta,
beside denken, to think. See §§ 36, 37, 39.
§75. The consonants, which arose from the Indo-Ger

in prim. Germanic, as
(t,
manic explosives d), were dropped

Goth. him, what= Lat. quod; Goth. bairai, OHG. bére,
from an original form *bhéroit, he may bear.
§76. Original nal -m became -n in prim. Germanic.

This -n, as also nal Indg. -n, disappeared in dissyllabic and
polysyllabic words. For examples see 57.
§
'RIGHT
D
§77.X became an aspirate (written h) initially before

vowels, and probably also medially between vowels.
§ 78. The remaining Indg. consonants su 'ered no further

material changes which need be mentioned here. Summing
up the results of §§ 65-73 we arrive at the following system
of consonants for the close of the prim. Germanic period :
'
INTER- PALA'rAL AND
LABIAL' DENTAL'
DENTAL- GUTTURAL.
, Voiceless p t k
Exploswes
{ voiced b d g
Voiceless f
sprank.
.
p s X
{ Voiced b d z 5
Nasals m n I]
Lz'yuz'ds 1, 1
Semi-vowels w j (palatal)
To these must be added the aspirate h.
. CHAPTER VII
SPECIAL Wrasr GERMANIC MODIFICATIONS oF THE GENERAL
GERMANIC CONSONANT-SYSTEM- THE HIGH GERMAN
_ SOUND-SHIFTING, &c.
§ 79. Prim. Germanic 2, which arose from s (§ 72), became

r medially, and was dropped nally, as OE. mara, OS. OHG.
méro, Goth. maiza, greater; OE. OS. hord, OHG. hort,
Goth. huzd, treasure; pp. OE. ooren, OS. OHG. gikoran,
beside inf. OE. oéosan, OS. OHG. kiosan, to choose; OE.
dag, OS. dag, OHG. tag, Goth. dogs, from *dagaz, day;
OE. OS. OHG. sunu, Goth. sunus, from *sunuz, son; OS.
OHG. gast, Goth. gasts, from *gastiz, guest, stranger.
GRAMMAR 35
§ 80. In West Germanic all single consonants, except r,

were doubled after a short vowel before a following j. This
j was mostly retained in OS., but was generally dropped in OE.
and OHG., as OS. eellian, OE. sellan, OHG. sellen, Goth.
ealjan, to give up; OS. fremmian, OE. fremman, OHG.
fremmen, Goth. *framjan, O.Icel. fremja, to perform ; gen.
sg. OS. kunnies, OHG. kunnes, Goth. kunjis, if
a race;
OHG. frauwa, frouwa, from *frawjo-, woman (§ 90).
bj,dj, and gj became bb, dd, and gg, as OS. nibble,
Goth. sibja (b), relationrhip; OS. biddian, OE. biddau,
Goth. bidjan (6), to reguest, pray; OS. huggian, Goth.
hugjan (5), to think.
OS. skeppian, OE. scieppan, Goth. skapjan, to ereate;
OS. eettinn, OE. eettan, Goth. satjan, to set; OS. rekkia ,
OE. recc(e)a.n, to relate, Goth. uf-rakjan, to stre1eh forth.
For the OHG. treatment of West Germanic bb, dd, gg;
pp, tt, and kk, see §§ 841, 85.
§81. p, t, and k were also doubled in West Germanic

before a following r, as OHG. kupfar, copper, from Lat.
cuprum; OS.OHG.snottar, OE. snottor, Goth. snutrs, wise;
OS. OHG. bittar, OE. bittor, O.Icel. bitr, bi/ter; OE. wrec
cer, OHG. wacknr, O.Icel. vakr, watehful. These consonants
were also sometimes doubled before 1, as OE. aappel, OHG.
aphul, O.Icel. epli, apple; OS. luttil, OHG. lutnil, lzt/Ie.
'rnn gmn -GEBMAN Somvp-Bnm'rma

§82. The most striking feature in which High German
differs from the other West Germanic languages is the
general shifting which certain consonants underwent. This
process had its beginning before the period of the oldest
n z
HG. monuments, and was practically completed by the end

of the eighth century. The prim. HG. language had the
following explosives and spirants :
INTER- Gu'r
LABIAL. DmvrAL.
DENTAL TURAL.
p t k
Explomm Voiceless
{ Voiced b d g
Sp1. an [x
f p s X (h)
Vorceless
{ Voiced b d 5
NOTE.- b occurred initially, medially after m, and in the combina
tion bb (M 70, 80). d occurred in all positions. g occurred medially
after I], as also in the combination gg, and probably also already
initially.
I
§ 83. The only consonants, which were shifted throughout
the whole of the HG. dialects, were the voiceless explosives
p, t, k. The shifting of the voiced spirants and explosives
did not extend over all the HG. dialects. The shifting of
p to d through the intermediate stage (I took place in historic
times; beginning rst in Upper German about 750 A. 1)., it
had gradually extended over all the HG. dialects by the end
of the eleventh century.
§ 84. The voiceless explosives p, t, k underwent a twofold

treatment according to their position in the word: (1) me
dially or nally after vowels; (2) initially, as also medially
r, m,
(1,
after consonants and when doubled.

t, n)
1. Prim. HG. single p, were shifted in OHG. to the

k
voiceless double spirants if, qs (see §7 under a), hh (also

written oh, h).
p> . OE. slépm, OHG. sll an, to sleep; OE. open,
OHG. o an, open OE. scip, OHG. skit , ship.
;
GRAMMAR 37
t>§q. OE. hatan, OHG. heiqqan, to call; OE. etan,

OHG. éqqan, to eat; OE. hwat, OHG. hwaq, what:>
OE. tacen, OHG. zeihhan, gm, token; OE.
k>hh.
macian, OHG. mahhon, to make; Goth. OS. ik, OE. ic,
OHG. ih, I.
The double consonants were simpli ed according to
§§ 11, 89.
NOTE.- p, t, k remained unshifted in the combinations up, at, u1:, as

also t in the combinations tr, ht, ft. Cp. § 66, notes.
2. p, t, k, initially, as also medially after consonants

r, m,
(1,
and when doubled, became shifted to the attri

n)
catae.
kh(ch),
z),
pf(ph), to (generally written 22 and and see
Here distinction must be made between the various
9.
a
§
dialects.
became pf in Upper German and East Franconian, but
p
remained unshifted in Rhenish Franconian, except after

and r.
1
became in all HG. dialects.

a
k t
became kh(ch) in Upper German only, in the other

dialects remained unshifted.
it
p>pt . OS.\pIega.n, UG. and E.Fr. p égan, beside R.Fr.

plégan, to care/or; OE. helpan, UG. E.Fr. R.Fr. hélphan,
tohelp; OE. porp, UG. E.Fr. R.Fr. thorph, village Goth.
;
skapjan, OE. aeieppan, UG. E.Fr. skephen (skepphen),

beside R.Fr. skeppen, to create.
Norm pf became after and during the ninth century, as hélfan,

I
r
1
to help; wérfan, to throw.
t>z. OE. tien, OHG. Béhan, ten; OE. heorte, OHG.

hérza; Goth. sat ian, OE. settan, OHG. setzen (sezzen), to
set; OS. sittian, OE. sittan, OHG. sitzen, to s1'l.

k>kh.OE. corn, UG. khorn (chorn), beside Franconian
horn, corn; OE. weorc, UG. wérch, beside Franconian
wérk, work ; OS. weckian, OE. weccan, UG. weehan
(wecchan), beside Franconian weaken, to awake.
§ 85. The voiced explosives and voiced spirants did not

undergo the same universal shifting as the voiceless explo
sives. The following are the chief points to be noticed here
concerning these consonants :
1. Upper Franconian retained b, bb, whereas Upper
German shifted them to p, pp, as U.Fr.béra.n, to bear, sibba,
peace, beside UG. péran, sippa.
Upper Franconian and Alemanic shifted b to b, whereas in
Bavarian it appears as p, e. g. U.Fr. and Alemanic sibun,
Goth. sibun (read si bun), seven; ubil, Goth. ubils (read
ubils), evil, but Bavarian sipun, upil.
All HG. dialects shifted dd to tt, as Goth. bidjan, OE.
2.
biddan, OHG. bitten, to request; Goth. midjis, OE. midd,

OHG. mitti, middle.
Upper German and East Franconian shifted single d to
1:,
whereas Rhenish Franconian retained initially, but fre

d
quently shifted to in other positions, thus OE. dohtor,

it
daughter, bindan, to bind, béodan, q r, appear in UG.

to
and E.Fr. as tohter, bintan, biotan, and in R.Fr. as dohter,

bindan, biodan, beside bintan, biotan.
gg remained in Franconian, but was shifted to k in
33.
Upper German, as OS. liggian, Franconian liggen, to lie

down; OS. hruggi, Franconian ruggi, back, beside UG.
likken, ruckl.
GRAMMAR 39
Single g' remained in Franconian, but in UG. it was mostly

shifted to (also written c before guttural vowels and nally),
1:
initially and nally, thus Franconian gust, guest, tag, day,

appear in UG. as kast, tac.
g became g in Franconian and generally also in UG., in
the latter dialects rarely k, thus Goth. steigan (read steigan),
to ascend; ango (read augo), eye, appear in Franconian and
UG. stigan, ouga, more rarely in UG. stican, ouca.

a\s
86. The table below gives summary of the HG. sound
a
§
shifting. The shifted sounds are printed in italics.
Prim. Germ.
k k
p
t t t
Goth.
EA
p P
OE.
Pk Ant-s
c
f
R. Franc- (tf) H
f
k k
P
E. Franc. i! H
z
12/
U. German
'
d1 1zl
2
12f #4
Prim. Germ.
b
5
Mp)
b, b,
Goth.
d,
to )
P
5. 5.
8 s
OE.
d,
(f)
D
R. Franc.
(t)
b b
g g
b
E. Franc.
b
UG. (b) 6;: kg

p
20%)
t
NOTE. The East Franconian consonants are usually taken as the

normal in this book, because they mostly agree with those of Middle
and New High German. In the paradigms has been substituted for
d
ranconian th.
F
87. Few OHG.

forms were given in the paragraph relat
§
ing to Verner's law 72) in order that they might be left

(§
until after the discussion of the HG. sound-shifting. From

what has been said in §§ 82-85 it will be seen that the

interchanging pairs of consonants in OHG. are :
f b (UG. also (older th, dh) t;
p); 6.
h (=prim. Germ. X)- g (UG. also k, c) ;

h (= prim. Germ. Xw) -w (prim. Germ. 5w);
h (prim. Germ. nX) ng ;
s r.
f b. he en, Goth. ha an, to raise, pret. pl. huobun, pp.
gihaban; urhab, reason.
'
d t. Hdan, to go, pret. pl. litun, pp. gilitan, causative
verb leiten, to lead, from *laidjan; sind, way, sindon, to
travel, beside senten, to send=Goth. sandjan.
h g. ziohan,draw, pret.
to pl.
zugun, pp. gizogan;
zéhan, ten, beside -zug, decade.
h w. lihan, Goth. leihran, to lend, pret. liwun, pp.
pl.
giliwan, from *-li(g)wa.né.s; aha, Goth. alua, Lat. aqua,
water, beside ouwa from *a.(5)wjéi, marshy land.
h ng. fahan 36), to seize, pret. pl. angun, pp.
(§
gifangan.
s r. kiosan, kurun, pp. gikoran
pl.
to choose, beside pret.

ginésan, to be saved, pret. pl. ginarun, pp. ginéran, beside ;
the causative verb nerien from *nazdan.
NOTE. In OHG., and still more in MHG., this law was frequently
disturbed through the effect of analogy and levelling, thus e. g. fulihan
beside farliwan with from the present forms and the pret. sg., so
h
also in uhun, gi ohan, pret. pl. and pp. of johan, to ee; giséhau
beside regular giséwan, pp. of séhan, to see; slahan, to slay, pret.
sg. sluog, beside the rare regular form sluoh, with from the pret. p1.,
g
and in like manner huob instead of huof, with from the pret. pl., inf.
b
he en, to raise; Tatian and Otfrid wérban instead of wérfan, to turn,

with from the forms where was regular
b
86c.
b
72)
(5
;
GRAMMAR 41
CHAPTER VIII
Ti-u: OHG. CONSONANTS m GENERAL.
§ 88. Here will be given chie y such remarks only as are

of importance for OHG. in exions.
SIMPLIFICATION OF DOUBLE CONSONANTS
§89. OHG. double consonants were simpli ed in the

following cases :
I. When they became nal, as fél, hz'de, gen. fe'llea; far,
lull, farri; unin ected form grim, erce, in
pl.
ected form
grimmér; swimman, to swim, pret. sg. swam; r mnan, to
run, pret. sg. ran nom. sg. man, man, gen. mannes; érgqan,
;
beside pret. sg. as}; nom. sg. kus, kiss, gen. kusses
to eat,
;
spréhhan, spréchan, to speak, pret. sg. sprah; &c.
2. Before other consonants, as kunmm, to know, pret. sg.
konda; kussen, to kiss, pret. sg. kusta; brennen, to burn,
pret. sg. branta &c.
;
3. Frequently medially after long vowels, as slifan beside

sla an, to sleep; l qan beside Hqqan, to 1:t, leave; l tar
beside l ttar, pure; &c.
The Semi-vowels.
W
90. On the representation of this sound in OHG.
§
manuscripts, see under u and w.

7,
§
Single w became vocalized to o came to stand at the

if
it
end of a word or syllable. This 0 was then mostly dropped

after long vowels, as séo, as, sea, gen. séwes, kneo, km o,
knee, gen. Iméwes ; garwen, to prepare, pret. garota, beside
the longer form gar(a.)w-ita; tréso,trcasure,gen.trésewes ; &c.
Final -a.w>a.o >o, as unin ected form rao, ro, raw, beside
in ected form rawér, gen. rawes.
ww was treated differently according as it was general
Germanic ww (= Gothic ggw) or West Germanic ww from
w.- <§ 80)
1. Germanic aww >auw>ouw which became
General
on when nal, as OHG. in ected form glauwér, glouwér,
exact, clear, unin ected form glau, glou, beside Gothic
adv. glagg'wo, exact! ; hauwan, houwan, to hew=Gothic
*haggwan.
General Germanic eww>iuw which became iu when
nal, as bliuwan= Goth. bliggwan, to strike; triuwi=
Goth. triggws, true, fazthful ; iu, dat. spriu, chaf,
pl.
to ir,_ye ;
nom. pl. spriuwir.

2. West Germanic ww from wj. In this case aww>auw
> ouw, as frauwa, frouwa, woman, from *frawjo-; frouwen,
from *frawjan, beside pret. sg. frewita.
to rejoice,
41) from
(§
*frawita. The inf. form frewen was new formation,

a
made after the analogy of the pret. and the pres. 2. 3. sg.
ewis, 'ewit; conversely the pret. form frouwita. was
made after the analogy of the inf. and 1. s0. pres. and the
pres. pl.
iww(from original ewj) became iuw, as siuwen from
*5ewjan, to sew, cp. OE. séowian, Goth. siujan; niuwi
from *newja. , cp. Goth. niuJis.
GRAMMAR 43
J
§ 91. On the representation of this sound in OHG.
manuscripts, see § 7, under 3, j.
j seems to have bec cme a spirant (written g) before e, i,
and after r (sometimes written ig), as genér beside jenér, that,
yon; inf. géhan, to confess, pres. sg. gihu, gihis, gihit, beside
iah, pl. iihun ;
pret. sg. nergen, nerigen, beside nerien, to
save; herige beside herie, dat. sg. of heri, army, cp. Goth.
harja.
3, when absolutely nal, became vocalic i, as nom. sg.
heri, army, cp. Goth. harjia. ja (ja) became e in nal
syllables, as nom. pl. sunte, sins, from *auntie ; kennen, to
know, from *kannjan.
Liquids and Nasals.

§92. The West Germanic liquids and nasals underwent
no material changes in OHG., except that nal -m, when an
element of in exion, became -n in the course of the ninth
century, as tag'un, older tagum, dat. pl. of tag, dqy ; habén,
older habém, I. sg. pres. of habén, to have; 82c.
Labials.
§93. For the fate of Germanic p, b (b) in OHG. see
§§ 84-86. From what has been said there and in §§ 66, 89, 3,
it will be seen that OHG. f
is of twofold origin, i.e. it equals
Germanic f or Germanic 9. On the representation and pro
12'.
nunciation of these two f's in OHG., see § 7, under

Gutttu'als.
§ 94. The OHG. shiftings of Germanic k and g (5) have

been given in §§ 84-85. The Germanic combinationkw was
represented in Franconian by qu, and in Upper German by
chu, as quéman, chuéman, come=G0th. kwiman (written
to
qiman). Germanic h was dropped in OHG. in the initial

combinations hl, hn, hr, hw, in the course of the ninth
century. In other cases Germanic h, hw (=prim. Germ.
X, Xw) had a twofold development according to their position
in the word. Initial h before vowels and medial h, hw,
between vowels became the aspirate h (on h from X, see
§ 77), as habén, to have; aéhan (=Goth. saihran, read
sexwan), to see; in other positions they remained spirants,
and thus had the same sound-value as the HG. hwhich arose
from" Germanic k; cp., on the one hand, naht, night: Goth.
nahts; 5ath, 1 saw=Goth. subs: and, on the other hand,
OHG. ih, I= OE. ic, Goth. ik; sioh, siek=OE. séoc, Goth.
sinks ; sprah, I spoke= OE. spraac.
Dentals.
§ 95. For the OHG. development of Germanic d, d, it see
§§ 84-86. Germanic p became 6. through the intermediate

stage (I in the course of the OHG. period (§ 83). The Upper
German dialects had changed 1; to d in all positions by the
beginning of the ninth century. Tatian and Otfrid wrote th
initially, but 6. medially, thus UG. dér, but UF r. thér, fhe;
UG. and UFr. érda, earth; UFr. quad, UG. ohuad, quotk.
GRAMMAR 45
ACCIDENCE
CHAPTER IX
DECLENSION OF NOUNS
§ 96. OHG. nouns have two numbers, singular and plural;
three genders, masculine, feminine, and neuter, as in DE,
from which the gender of nouns in OHG. does not materially
di er; ve cases, Nominative, Accusative, Genitive, Dative,
and Instrumental. The Instr; case does not occur in all
declensions. The Voc. is like the Nom. OHG. nouns are
divided into two great divisions, according as the stam
originally ended in a vowel or a consonant. Nouns whose
stems originally ended in a vowel belong to the vocalic or
so-called strong declension. Those whose stems originally
ended in -n belong to the weak declension. All other
consonantal stems will be put together under the general
heading, Minor Declensions.
A. THE VOCALIO OB STRONG DECLENBION

1. The (1,-declension.
§97. The a-declension comprises masc. and neut. nouns
only, and corresponds to the Latin and Greek o-declension
(Gr. masc. -os, neut. -ov, Lat. -us, -um), for which reason it is
sometimes called the o-declension. The a-declension is
divided into pure a-stems, ja-stems, and wa-stems.
a. Pure a-stems.
MASCULINE. NEUTER.
Sing. Nom. Acc. tag, day wort, word
Gen. tages (-as) wortes (as)
Dat. tage (~31) worte (-a)
Instr. tagu (-o) worm (-o)
MASCULINE- NEUTER.
Plur. Nom. Acc. taga, -a,
wolft
Gen. tago worto
Dat.ta.gum,-om; wortum, -om ;
~un, -on -un, -on.

NOTE. The endings -as, of the gen. and dat. sg. do not occur
-a.
frequently until after the end of the ninth century. The nom. pl. form
tagi is still unexplained ; it
is,
however, questionable whether the form
tagi did really exist in OHG. -un, -on are the usual dat. pl. endings
of the ninth century
(5
92).
98. Like tag are declined most OHG. masculine nouns,
§
e.g. berg, mountain, wég, way, geist, rpirzt, himil, heaven,

tiufal, devil, kuning, king, &c.
99. Dissyllabic nouns ending in -a.1, -a.r, -a.n with long
§
stems sometimes drop the a before vocalic ending, as nom.

a
ackar, acre, eld, gen. ackres, 856. See § 59.

100. Proper names of this declension take the pronominal
§
ending -a.n in the acc., as also truhtin, G0d, Lord, e.
g.
nom. Petrus, acc.Petruse.n; acc. truhtinan.
101. Like wort are declined barn, clu'ld, sér, pain, swért,
§
sw0rd, honag, honey, zwifal (cp. 59), doubt, &c.; here

§
belong also the diminutives in -in and -1in, as magatin, lz'ttle

maz'd, ngarlin, lzttle nger, except that the Upper German
dialects retain the -n in the gen. and dat. only, and that the
nom., acc. pl. end in -iu Alemanic.
in
§102. b. ja-stems.
MASCULINE. NEUTER.
Sing. Nom. Acc. hirti, herdrman kunni, race
Gen. hirtes kunnes
Dat. (hirtie); hirte (kunnie); kunne
Instr. hirtiu; hirtu, -o kunniu; kunnu, -0.
GRAMMAR 47
MAscuLrNE. NEUTER.
Plur. Nom. Acc. hirte; hirta, -a kunni
Gen. hirteo, -io; hirto kunneo, -io; kunno
Dat. hirtum, -un, -on kunnum, -un, -on
hirtim, -in kunnim, in.
Nom. The forms in spaced type are the usual ones of the ninth
century. The neuter nouns of this declension frequently end in -iu or
-u in the nom., acc. pl. in Tatian.
§ 103. Like hirti are declined the nomina agentis ending

in -i.ri (-a.ri, -eri), as wa-htiri (wahtari, wahteri), watehman,
lériri, teacher, scribnri, wrzter, scrike; as also karkiri, prison,
altari, altar, and a few others, rucki, back, phuzzi, puzzi,
well, kisi, cheese.
§ 104. Like kunni are declined very many neuters, as enti,

end, richi, kzngdom, betti, ked, gizungi, language, nstarnessi,
darkness, heri, army, gen. herien, dat. sg. herie, herige.
c. wa-stems.
Mascuumr. Nauru.
Sing. Nom. Acc. snéo, sné, snow kneo, knee
Gen. snéwes knéwea

Dat. snéwe knéwe
Plur. Nom. Acc. nnéwi, -a, knee

Gen. snéwo knéwo
Dat. snéwum, -un, -on knéwum, -un, -on.
Nom. On the forms of the nom. sg. see § 90. When the w is
preceded by a consonant an a. (sometimes 0, e) is developed in the
oblique cases, thus nom. neut. tréso, treasure, gen. trésawes; nom.
masc. scato, shadow, gen. ucntawen, see 5 68.
§ 105. To this declension belong the masculines léo, grave,

s50, sea, b (gen. b wes), dwellzng, and the neuters réo,
corpse, zéso, rzlght side, sméro, grease.
2. The o-declension.
§ 106. The o-declension contains feminine nouns only, and

corresponds to the Latin and Greek i-declension, for which
reason it is sometimes called the a-declension. The Wo
stems are declined exactly like the pure o-stems. The jo
stems have also the same in ections as the pure o-stems after
the middle of the ninth century.
§ 107. a. Pure o-51281118.
SING. PLUR.
Nom. Acc. géba, ggfl gébi.
Gen. géba, -u, o gébc'mo
Dat. gébu, -o' gébom, -on, -on.
§108. Like géba are declined a large number of nouns,

as érda, eart/1, éra, honour, zala, number, triuwa, delz'l ,
corunga, temptation, hertida, hardness, miltida, compassion,
gi-nidaq wour, losunga, deliverance, stunta, time, &c.
§ 109. b. jo-stems.
Smo.
N. aunts, sin; suntaa, -ia.; sunta. kuningin, queen
A. ,, ,, ,, kuninginna; -in
G- n n n klm-i-nginna'
D. suntiu . suntu kuninginnu
GRAMMAR 49
PLUR.
N. A. lunte; suntea, 46.; sunti kuninginné.
G. nunteono; suntono kuninginnono
D. sunteom; suntom, kuninginnom,
~on -on.
NOTE The forms in spaced type are the ordinary ones of the ninth
century and do not differ from those of géba.
§110. Like sunta. are declined hella, lull, sibba, sippa.

peace, minna, love, krippa, manger, &c.
§111. Like kuningin are declined forasagin, prophctess,

frluntin,friend, burdin, burden, &c.
c. Feminine Abstract Nouns in 4.

§ 112. This declension comprises two classes of stems
which were originally different, but which have entirely fallen
together in their in ection in OHG. (r) adjectival abstract
nouns the stems of which originally ended in -in, nom. -i;
(a) verbal abstract nouns with stems ending in -ini. Cp., on
the one hand, Gothic mikilei, greatness, formed from mikils,
great, diupei, depth, from diups, deg), gen.m1kileins, diupeins
(weak declension); and, on the other hand, daupeins,
a dipping, formed from daupjan, to d1}, naseins, a rescuing,
from naaian, to rescue, gen. daupeinais, naaeinais (i
declension).
Sing. Nom. Acc. Gen. Dat. hohi (hohin), lzez'ght.
Plur. Nom. Acc. hohi (hohin)

Gen. hohino
Dat. mum, -in.
§ 113. Like hohi are declined econi, aeauty, suoqqi, sweet
"e-YJ', Bnélli, quickness, tiu , depth, menigi, managi, multztudc,
WRIGHT E
irstantani, resurrectzon, tou , a dzpping, weli, choice, leiti,

a leadzng, &c.
3. The i-declension.
§114. The OHG. i-declension contains masculine and
feminine nouns only. The -i was dropped regularly in the
nom. and acc. sg. of nouns with long stems, after the
analogy of which it was also dropped for the most part in
those with short stems. See § 57. Cp. the corresponding
distinction in OE.
a. Masculines.
SING. PLUR.
Nom. Acc. gast, guest gesti
Gen. gastes gesteo, -io ; gesto
Dat. gasta gestim, -in; -en
Instr. gastiu, gestiu ; gastu.
NOTE.- On the consonantal combinations which prevent umlaut from
taking place where it might be expected, see § 43.
§115. Like gast are declined liut, people, wurm, worm,

aphul, apple, slag, blow, scrit, step Wm, friend, quiti,
saying, and a few others retain the -i in the nom., acc.
sg., but follow gast in the other cases. Many u and con
sonant stems have passed over into this declension: original
u-stems were skilt, shield, wirt, master of the house, heit,
manner, sun, son; consonant stems, fuoq, foot, zan, nand,
'
tooth, nagal, nail.
b. Feminines.
SING. PLUR.
Nom. Acc. anstg wour' ensti
Gen. ensti ensteo, io ; ensto
Dat. ensti enstim, -:I.n ; -en.
GRAMMAR 51
Nora On the consonantal combination: which prevent umlaut,

see 5 43.
§116. Like anst are declined stat, place, jugund, youth,

fart, journey, gift, gzft, giburt, birth, &c. kuri, choice, and
turi, door, retain the i in the nom., acc. sg., but follow anst in
the other cases. Like anst are also declined the old u-stems
uot, ood, lust, desire, and the consonant stems gans, goose,
miluh, milk, magad, virgin, and a few others.
4. The u-decleneion.
§117. The u-declension no longer existed in OHG. as an
independent declension; the nouns originally belonging to
it having been for the most part transferred to the i-de
clension and also a few to the a-declension. Below will be
found a summary of the more frequent traces of this
declension still existing in OHG.
a. Maaculines.
Situ, custom, fridu,peace, hugu, understanding, sigu,
§ 118.
victory, witu, wood, sunu (beside sun) retained their u in
the nom., acc. sg. (§ 57, 2); in the other cases they followed
the i-declension.
b. Neuter.
§119. Fihu, cattle, retained the u in the nom., acc. sg.
(§ 57, 2), in the gen. and dat. sg. it had the same endings as
wort, word.
c. Feminine.
§ 120. Knnt was declined like anst, except that in the dat.
retained the old u-endings hantum, -un, -0n; CP
pl.
it
NHG. abhanden, vorhanden.

n
2
B. WEAK DECLENBION (N-B'rmrB)
§ 121. The weak declension contains all three genders.
a. Masculines.
SING. PLUR.
Nom. hano, eoek hanon, hanun
Acc. hanon, hanun hanon, hanun
Gen. hanen, hanin hanono
Dat. hanen, hanin hanom, -on.
b. Neuters.
SING- PLUR.
Nom. Acc. hérza, leart hérzun, -on
Gen. hérnen, hérzin hérnono
Dat. hérzen, hérzin hér2om, -on.
c. Feminines.
SING. PLUR.
Nom. zunga, tongue zungun
Acc. sungr'm zungr'm
Gen. Iung n zungono
Dat. zungr'm zungom, ~6n.
§122. Like hano are declined hérro, héro, master,

wahsmo, fruil, ohso, ox, stérno, slar, gomo, man, namo,
name, willo, will, forasago, prophet, &c.
§ 123. Like hérza. are declined ouga, eye, om, ear, wanga,
eheek.
§124. Like zunga. are declined que'na, woman, dioma,

maiden, sunna, sun, &c.
GRAMMAR 53
C. MINOR DncnmrB1onB
1. Monosyllabie Consonant Stems.
§125. a. Masculines.
SING. PLuR.
Nom. Acc. man, man man
Gen. mannes manno
Dat. man, manna mannum, -un; -om, -on.
NOTE. -eoman, ioman, neoman, nloman, no one, have
some one,
the pronominal ending -an in the acc., thus oomannan, neomannan.
nan, and, tooth, and thoq, aot, have passed over into the i-declen
sion, the latter, however, retained the consonantal endings -nm, -un, -on
in the dat. plural.
§ 126. N0 traces of neuters of this class now remain, unless

there be such a trace in the dat. sg. him, to a house, beside
h se.
b. Feminines.
§127. The nouns originally belonging here have also
mostly passed over into the l-declension.
SING. PLUR.
Nom. Acc. naht, night naht
Gen. naht nahto
Dat. naht nahtum, -un, -on.
Nom.-bunch, book, was mostly neut. in the sg. ,a gen. buoobes, dat.
buoche; in the pl. it was fem. and declined like naht.
burg, borough, city, and brust, breast, were sometimes declined like
naht, and sometimes like anst.
2. Stems in -r.
§128. To this class belonged: tater, father, bruoder,
brother, muoter, mother, tohter, daughter, and sweater,
sister.
54. OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER
§ 129. SING. PLUR

Nom. Acc. fater fateri, -a.
Gen. fater; fatal-es fatero

Dat. fater; fatere faterum, -un, -on.
NOTE. fateres, fatere and the pl. forms have been made after the
analogy of the a-stems.
§ 130. Sing. Nom. Acc. Gen. Dat. muoter

Plur. Nom. Acc. muoter
Gen. muotero
Dat. muoterum, ~1m, -on.
§ 131. Like muoter were also declined bruoder, tohter,

and swéster.
3. Stems in -nt.
§ 132. To this class belonged present participles used as
nouns (for the in ection of the participles themselves, see
§ 147).
SING. PLUR.
Nom. Acc. friunt,friend friunt; friunti, -a
Gen. friuntea friunto
Dat. friunte frluntum, -un, -on.
NOTE. -Here belonged originally a large number of nouns, as fiant,

enemy, wigant, warrior, 810., all of which have passed into the
a declension.
4. Stems in -os, -es.
§ 133. This class corresponded to the Greek neuters in -os,

Latin -us, gen. -eris.
GRAMMAR 55
§ 134. SING. PLUR

Nom. Acc. lamb, lamb lembir
Gen. lambes lembiro
Dat. lambe lembirum, -om;
Instr. lambu, -0. -un, -on.
§ 135. Like lamb were declined kalb, mlf, blat, leaf, grab,
grave, and a few others.
CHAPTER X
DECLENSION OF ADJ'ECTIVES
§136. Adjectives are declined as strong or weak. They
have three genders, and the same cases as nouns. The end
ings of the strong declension partly nominal and partly
are
pronominal (the latter are given in italics). The nominal
endings are those of the a- and o-declension. The strong
declension is divided into pure a-, o stems, ja-, jo-stems, and
wa-, wo-stems, like the corresponding nouns.
A. S'raono DECLENBION
1. Pure a-, 6-stems.
§ 137. lllase. ZVeut. Fem.
Sing. Nom. blintér, Mind blintaa blintiu
Acc. blintan blintas blinta.
Gen. blintes blintes blinteri?
\ Dat/.l blintemu, -emo blintemu, -emo blinteru, -er

Tristr. blintu, -o blintu, -o
Plur. Nom. blinte blintiu blinto
Acc. blinte blintiu blinto
Gen. blintero) blintero blintero
Dat. blintém, -en blintém, -e'n blinte m, -e'n.
56
NOTE. I. The nom. case sg. and 151., all genders, has often an un
in ected form, so also the acc. sg. neut., as blint. This remark applies
to all adjectives of the strong declension. See 5 210.
The nom. sg. fem. and the nom., acc. pl. neut. frequently end in
2.
-u (blintu) in Upper Franconian.
3. Adjectives ending in -a1, -ar, -a.n with long stems sometimes drop
the a before a vocalic ending, as bittnr, bitter, gen. bittres. See 5 59.
§138. Like blint are declined all adjectives whose un

in ected form ends in a consonant, as guot, good, alt,
old, jung, young, guldin, golden, mahtig, mighty, érd1ih,
carth! , &c.
2. ja-, jo-stems.
§ 139. The ja-, jo-stems differ from the pure a-, ( J-stems
in the unin ected form only, which regularly ends in -i.
§ 140. Sine.
Masc. Neut. Fem.
Nom. sconer, beautiful aconag sconiu
Acc. sconan sconaa scona.
&C. &C. &c.
§141. Like sconi are declined all adjectives whose un

in ected form ends in -i, also all present participles ; as festi,
fast, mari, renowned, tiuri, dear, blderbi, useful, béranti,
bearzng, &c.
3. wa-, wo-stems.
§142. This class di ers from the pure a-, o-class in the
unin ected form only. Those adjectives whose unin ected
form ends in -o preceded by a consonant usually develop
an a. (seldom e, 0) between the consonant and the w in the
inflected forms. See § 63.
GRAMMAR 57
§ 143. SING
Masc. Neut. Fem.
ready gar(a.)wag garawiu
N om' {gar(a.)we'r, garwiu
garwe'r { garwa; {
Nom. fawe'r, lzttle fawa; fawiu
&c. &c. &c.
§144. To this class belong garo, reaob'; gélo, yellow;

zéso, right, dexter; fao, f6, little ; a1e0, alé, dull; frao, fro,
glad, jeyful; rao, ro, raw. See § 90.
B. WEAK DECLENBION
§145. The weak declension of adjectives agrees exactly

with that of the nouns.
SING.
lllasc. Neat. Fem.
Nom. blinto blinta blinta.
Acc. blinton, -un blinta. blintfm
Gen. Dat. blinten, -in blinben, -in blintim.
PLuR.
Nom. Acc. blintnn, -un blintun, -on blintfm
Gen. bllntono blintono blintc'mo
Dat. blintom, -on blintom, ~on blintom, -on.
§146. In the same manner are declined the weak forms

of the ja-, jo- and wa-, wo-stems, thus :
SING.
lllasc. Neut. Fem.
scono 5c5118. scone.
N om
{ gar(a.)wo { gar(a)wa. { gar(a)wa
&c. &c. &c.
C. DECLENBION OF PARTICIPLES
§147. The present participle has both the strong and
the weak declension. In the former case it is declined like
in the latter case like blinto. Thus un
aja , jo-stem, and
in ected form némanti, tal ing, salbonti, anornting, habenti,
having.
Strong.
SING.
Mase. ZVeut. Fern.
némantir némanta; némantiu
Nom
{ salbontir salbontaq salbontiu
&c. &c. &c.
Weak.
SING.
lllase. Neut Fem.
némanto némanta, némanta.
Nom'
{salbonto salbonta salbonta
&c. &c. &c.
§ 148. The past participle, like the present, has both the
strong and the weak declension. The unin ected form of
strong verbs ends in -a.n, as ginoman, taken, giritan, ridden ;
that of the weak verbs ends in -t-., as gihabét, had, gisalbot,
anointed.
Strong.
SING.
Masc. ll eut. Fem.
ginomane'r ginomanaa ginomaniu
Nom.
{ gihabétér gihabétaa gihabétiu
&c. &c. &c.
N o'1 E. ln Franconian monuments the su ix -an occasionally appears
as -on, ~en, or ~in in the in ected forms.
GRAMMA R 59
Weak.
SING.
late. New . F em_
ginomano ginomzma ginomana

Nom'
{ gihabéto gihabéta. gihabéta.
&c. &c. &c.
D. THE COMPARISON or ADJECTIVES

1. The Comparative Degree.
§14=9. The comparative is formed by means of the two
su ixes -ir- (= Gothic -iz-) and -or- (= Gothic 455-), to which
are then added the endings of weak adjectives. Poiysyllabic
adjectives formed with derivative su ixes and compound
adjectives take the suf x -or-; 10,-, jo-stems the suf x -ir-;
uncompounded pure 5-, o-sten1s sometimes take the one,
sometimes the other su ix, thus :
Posr'rrvx. COMPARATIVE.
eilig, blessed ailigoro
tiurlih, a'ear tiurlihhoro
engi, narrow engiro
suoqi, sweet suoqiro
lang, long lengiro
_ _ hohiro
Ml" h gb
{banal-0.
Nona-The -iro is sometimes weakened to -ero in Franconian
ending
monuments. Beside jungiro, the ordinary comp. of jung, young
appear jungoro and j giro; with the latter form cp. Gothic positive
88l = *M115u, comparative j hisa.
2. The Superlative.
§150. The Superlative is formed by means of the two
suffixes -ist- (=Gothic -ist-) and ~det- (=Gothic -o5t-), to
which are then added the endings of weak adjectives. Ad

jectives which have -iro in the comparative have -isto in the
superlative, and those which have -oro in the comp. have
-o5t0 in the superlative, thus saligosbo, tiurlihhosto, engisto,
"
suoqisto, lengisto, hohisto, hohosto.
3. Irregular Comparison.
§ 151. The following adjectives form their comparatives
and superlatives from a different root than the positive 2-
guot, good comp. beqqiro superl. be§§i§t0

ubil, bad ,, wirsiro ,, wirsisto
mihhil, great ,, méro ,, meisto
luzzil, lztlle ,, minniro ,, minnisto.
NOTE X. Beside the regular form méro (= Gothic méina.) occur in
Alemanic the forms mériro, méroro, which are double comparatives
like Mod. Eng. nearer.
2. leqqisto, laxt, is defective.
§ 152. In a few cases the comparative and superlative are

formed from an adverb or preposition, as in Latin.
Pos. Com. SUPERL.
mam
after, after aftro, aftaro, -ero afterosto
{ aftristo
6r, rmerly ériro éristo
fora, furl, be 0re furiro furisto
fordro
furdir, arwards fordarosto
{ fordaro, -oro
hintar, behind hintaro hintarosto
inne, wztIu'n innaro innarosto
Obau above obaro, oboro obarosto
untar, down untaro untarosto
q, gar, outside ejaro frqarosto.
GRAMMAR 6I
Norm Beside the regular forms obaro, &c., the Alemanic dialect
frequently has forms with double comparative endings, as obaroro, &c.,
cp. mériro, méroro.
APPENDIX
FORMATION OF ADVEBBS FROM ADJECTIVES
§153. By simply adding -0 to the unin ected

1. form of
the adjective when it ends in a consonant, thus :
adj. mahtig, mighly adv. mahtigo

., ub . bad ,, ubilo
,, tiurlih, dear ,, tiurliho.
a. Adjectives ending in -i (ja-,jo-stems) drop the -i before
the adverbial ending -0; and those containing a mutated stem
vowel do not have it in the adverbs, thus :
adj. sconi, beauty'ul adv. scono
,, tiuri, dear ,, tiuro
,, festL/Zmt ,, fasto
,, semfti, so}? ,, samfbo.
COMPARISON OF ADV EBBS
§154. The comparative degree of adverbs ends in -or

(never -ir); the superlative mostly ends in -ost, but some
times also in -ist, thus :
Adj. lang, long; adv. comp. langor superl. langoet

,, festi, rst; ,, ,, factor ,, fastest
,, jung,young ,, jungist.
§ 155. The following are irregular :

wola, well comp. bar; super]. beggist
,, wirs, worse ,, wireist
,, mér, more ,, meist
,, min, less ,, minnist.
"NOTE. Beside mér, meiat occur the weak neuter adj. forms méra,
meista. as adverbs.
NUMERALB
1. Cardinal and Ordinal.
CARDINAL. ORDINAL.
ein, one éristo, furieto
zwei, two ander
dri, tllree dritto
feor, or,jbur feordo, ordo
mf, nf, five mfto, nfto
néhn, six séhnto
eibun, seven sibunto
ahto, eight ahtodo
niun, nine niunto
zéhan, zéhen, ten zéhanto
einlif, eleven einlifto
zwelif, twelve zwelifto
drizéhan, thirteen drittozéhanto
orzéhan, fourteen ordozéhanto
nfzéhan, fteen nftazéhanto
aéhszéhan, sixteen néhstazéhnnbo
*sibunzéhan, seventeen sibuntozéhnnto
ahtozéhan, eighteen ahtodazéhanto
niunzéhan, nineteen niuntanéhanto
zweinzug, twenty zweinzugosto
GRAMMAR -63
CARDINAL. ORDINAL.
driqqug, drizug, fhz rly driqugosto
orzug,forly orzugosto
nfzug, y nfzugosto
séhszug, sz'xg/ séhszugosto
sibunzug, seventy sibunzugosto
ahtozug, ezghty ahtozugosto
niunzug, ninely niunzugosto
zéhanzug
hundred zéhanzugosto
hunt, }
zwei hunt, lwo hundred

thusunt thousand.
d sunt, }
§ 156. The rst three cardinal numerals are declinable in

all cases and genders.
1. sin follows the strong declension, when used as a
numeral, § 137. When sin is used in the sense of alone, it
follows the weak declension.
2. Masc. Neut. Fem.
Nom. Acc. zwéne zwei zwa (zwo)
Gen. zweio zweio zweio
Dat. zweim, zwein zweim, zwein zweim, zwein
3. Man . Mut. Fem.

Nom. Acc. dri driu drio
Gen. drio drio drio
Dat. drim, drin drim, drin drim, drin
§15'I. The cardinal numerals 4 r2 remain unin ected
when they stand before a noun, whereas, if they stand after
a noun or are used as nouns, they are declined according
to the i-declension. The neut., nom. and acc., has the
adjectival ending.
Mase. Fem. Neut.

Nom. Acc. -i -iu; -u
Gen. -e0, -0 -e0, -0
Dat. -im, -in -im, -in.
§158. The cardinal numerals zo-Ioo ending in -zug
= OE. -tig, Gothic tigus, decade, are followed by the
genitive. d sunt, th sunt is mostly treated as a fem. sub
stantive, but sometimes also as a neuter.
§159. under, second, form anderer, -s.:;, -iu,

in ected
follows the strong declension, the remaining ordinal numerals
follow the weak declension.
2. Other Numerals.
§160. I. Distributive numerals, as einluzze, one by one,
zw-iske, two by two.
2. Multiplicatives, as einfalt (falt = OE. -fea.1d), nwifalt,
&c.
3. Numeral adverbs, as eines, gen. sg., once; zw'iro,
zwiror, zwiron, twice ; driror, thrice. The higher numbers,
as also sometimes those given above, are formed by means
of pre xing the cardinal numbers to stunt, time, thus,
s1bunstunt, seven times.
CHAPTER XI
PBONOUNS
§161. 1. Personal.
SING. PLUR.
Nom. ih, I wir
Acc. mih unsih
Gen. min unsér
Dat. mir uns.
GRAMMAR 65
SXNG PLUR.
Nom. d , du, thou
Acc. dih iuwih
Gen. din iuwér
Dat. dir iu.
SING.
Mat-e. Neut. Fem.
siu si, si,
it,
there
Nom. 6r, he ig, .rhe
;
Kékinan, in
4
i4 51a. (ale)
Gen. (sin) is, 55 in (im, -0)
Dat. imu, imo imu, imo 11* (-°)
PLUR.
Nom. aie aiu do
Acc. eia aiu :i0
Gen. h'o iro iro
Dat. im, in lm, in im, in.
NOTE. I. H1 and d1 : were often attached enclitically to the verb,
especially glbuh=gibu ih, ndistu- ndla mi. The
in poetry, as
forms luwih, iuwér were mostly written iuuih, iuuér, sometimes also
iuih, iuér.
2. Beside6r (=Latin and Gothic is, he) appear in some Franconian
monuments the forms hér, hé (-OE. h5, he, he).
Beside the accented forms inan, imo, iro, sin, lie, nio occur the
3.
unacccnted forms nan, mo, re, an, no, so.

4. ér, in, 6a, in were sometimes attached enclitically to preceding
a
word, as giloubt-ér - g oubta 6r imoa =imo 69, kc.

;
162. 2. Re exive.
§
SING. Fruit.
Acc. nih, oneself 5ih
Gen. Iin (ii-a.) (lm)
Dat. (1mu, iru) (1m)
WRIGHT
1'
3. Possessive.
§163. The pronouns of the rst and second

possessive
persons were formed from the gen. case of the corresponding
personal pronouns, thus, min, my, din, thy, unser, our,
iuwér, your. The masc. and neut. sg. were expressed by
the re exive form sin, his, 1'ls; the fem. sg. by ira, her,
lit. of her, and the plural, all genders, by iro, their, lit.
4y
them.
They were declined according to the strong declension,
137.
§
Masc. Neut. Fem.

Nom. minor minag miniu
unserer unseraq unseriu.
NOTE. Beside unserér, iuwerér the forms unsarér, iuwarér some

times occur.
§164. unsér and iuwér have also shortened in ected

forms in Franconian :
Mase. Neul. Fem.
Sing. Nom. unsér unsaa; unsu
Acc. unsan unsaa unsa
Gen. unses unses unsera.
Dat. unsemo unsemo unaeru
Plur. Nom. unse unsu unso
&c. &c. &c.
4. Demonstrative.
165. The simple demonstrative thér, dér was employed

§
both as de nite article and relative pronoun.
I!
GRAMMAR 67
SING.
lllasc. Neat. Fem.
Nom. dér daq diu
Acc. dén daq den, din. (die)
Gen. dés dés déra, (déru, -o)
Dat. dému, démo dému, démo déru, -o
Instr. diu
PLUR.
N°m'
dé, den, dia, die diu, (dei) deo, dio
Acc. }
Gen. déro déro déro
Dat. dém, den dém, dén dém, den.
Nora I. The Franconian dialects have mostly the unshifted forms

thér, than, thiu, &c.
2. Beside the norm. form thér occurs also this (thé) in Tatian.
3. Beside the nom., acc. fem. pl. thio occur in F ranconian also this,
rarely thia.
4. dér, &c., when used as a rel. pronoun, frequently had contracted
forms, especially in poetry, as thsih from *thn ih =thaq ih, thinne
thiu uns, zén=ai thén.
§166. The compound demonstrative pronoun is declined

thus :
SING.
Mase. Neut. Fem.
Nom. dose, désér, this diz désiu, disiu
(thisu)
Acc. désan din désa
Gen. désses désses désera.
Dat. désemu, désemo désemu, désemo déseru
désiu, désu
Instr.
{ disiu, disu
F2
PLuR.
N°m'
dése désiu, disiu (thisu) déso
Acc. }
Gen. désero désero désero
Dat. désém, -en désém, -en désém, -en.
NOTE. The nom. sg. masc. is théré!- in Otfrid. The gen. sg. fem. is
thérem in Otfrid, and thérrn. (thérro) in Tatian ; dat. fem. sg. théreru
in Otfrid, and thém (thén-o, thén-s.) in Tatian ; gen. pl. théreto in
Otfrid, and thérero (thén-o) in Tatian.
§167. jenér, that, yon, mostly written genér, is declined

like a strong adjective, § 137.
eélb, self, z'pse, may follow either the strong or the weak
declension. Combined with the def. art., it signi es same,
and always follows the weak declension.
5. Relative.
§ 168. A relative pronoun proper did not exist in OHG.,

its place was supplied by the demonstrative dér, daq, diu.
6. Interrogative.
§169. The OHG. simple interrogative pronoun had no
independent form for the feminine, and was declined in the
singular only.
Smo.
Mase. Fem. Neut.
Nom. hwér, wér, who hwaa, waq, what
Acc. hwénan, wénan, wén hwaq, wag
Gen. hwés, wés hwés, wén
Dat. hwému, wémo hwému, wémo
Instr. hwiu, wiu.
GRAMMAR 69
NOTE. -I. The initial h was dropped from the beginning of the ninth
century.
2. For the instr. wiu the form bin is also found.
3. A noun following wér was put in the gem, as wér manno, whieh
man, lit. who of men.
§ 170. hwédar, wédar, whieh ey two, hwélih, wélih,

which, hweolih, of what sort, and solih, such, were declined
like strong adjectives, § 137.
7. Inde nite.
§ 171. sum, sumilih, sumalih, a certain one, some one,
declined like a strong adjective.
ein, einig, eining (in negative sentences my , any one),
one,
declined like a strong adjective.
wér, whoever, so wér so, whosoever, étewér, any one.
théhein, déhein, my! one, any; in negative sentences no
one, no, none.
man, one, eoman, ioman, somebody, neoman, nioman,

nobody.
nihein, nihhein; nohein, nohhein, no, none.
wiht, eowiht, iowiht, org/thing ; neowiht, nlowiht,
nothing.
gilih, like (with a noun in the gen.=each), manno gilih,
each man ; wélih, giwélih, eoglwélih, iog'lwélih, each.
CHAPTER XII
VEBBS
§172. The OHG. verb has the following independent
forms: one voice (active), two numbers, three persons, tWO
tenses (present and preterite), two complete moods (indica

tive and subjunctive, the latter originally the optative),
besides an imperative which is only used in the present
tense, three verbal nouns (pres. in n., pres. participle, and

gerund), and one verbal adjective (the past participle).
Conjugation.
§ 173. The OHG. verbs are divided into two great
classes : -Strong and Weak. The latter form their preterite
by the addition of the syllable 4:s, and their past participle by
means of a t-su x; the former form their pret. and past
participle by vowel gradation (ablaut).
Ablaut is the gradation of vowels both in stem and su ix,
caused by the primitive Indo Germanic system of accentua
tion. The vowels vary within certain series of related
vowels, called ablaut-series. There are in OHG. six such
series which appear most clearly in the various classes of the
strong verbs. We are able to conjugate a strong verb when
we know the four stems, as seen (i) in the in n. or I. sg.
pres. indic., (2) I. sg. pret. indic., (3) 1. pret. indic., (4) pl.
the past participle. By arranging the vowels according to
these four stems we arrive at the following system :
iii. iv.
ii.
i.
ei,
I.
i,
é
i
i
i
ll. eo(io), lu cu, u 0

o
III. l(é), a- u u, 0
i i i
IV. a 0
5, é,
V. a
5.
VI. a, a. no no a.
NOTE. I. Under rst vertical column represents the vowels as

the
i.
they appear in the stem of the in nitive, and the second the vowels as
they appear in the stem of the I. sg. pres. indicative.
2. On the difference between
eo(io) and in, see 56; i(é) and
i,
$68
I;
5
$37, éand see§ 44; ei andé,see§54; ouand see§ 55; uand

6,
i,
0, see 39.
5
GRAMMAR 7r
3. Although the series of vowels is seen most clearly in the stem

forms of strong verbs, the learner must not assume that ablaut occurs
in strong verbs only. Every syllable of every word of whatever part of
speech contains some form of ablaut. See Primer ofthe Gothie Language,
chapter vii.
Besides these two great classes of strong and weak verbs,

there are a few others which will be treated under the
general heading Minor Groups.

The strong verbs were originally further subdivided into
reduplicated and non-reduplicated verbs. The reduplication
has, however, entirely disappeared in OHG. The non
reduplicated verbs are divided into six classes according to
the six ablaut-series given above. The originally reduplicated
verbs are put together here and called Class VII.
A. S'rnono VEBBS
§174. The conjugation of néman, to take, will serve as
a model for all strong verbs.
Present.
INDIC- Sun].
Sing. 1. nimu néme
2. nim-is, ( ist) ném~§s, (-5st)
3. nimit néme
Plur. I. ném-emés, (-ém, -én) ném-emés, (-5m, -én)
2. ni-imet némét
3. n eim-ant, (-ent) némén
ImPnx. INFIN.
Sing. a. nim ném-an, (-en)
Plur. 1. ném-amés, -em5s, (-em, -én) GERUND.
2. német Gen. némannes
Dat. némanne
PRES. PART. ném-anti, (-enti).
Preten'te.
INmc. Sue].
\
Sing. 1. nam nami

2. 115.111l nam is, (-ist)
nam
3. ni.mi)
Plur. 1. nam-umés, (-um, -un) nim-iméa, ('im» 'in)
2. namut Him-it
3. namun namin
PAST PART. ginoman.
NoTE. !. The ending -st of the 2. sg. does not occur in the oldest
monuments; it arose partly from analogy with the preterite-present
forms kanst, gitarst, &c.,and partly from a false etymological division
of the pronoun from the verb to which it was frequently attached en
clitically, thus nimispu > nimistu, from which nimist was extracted
as the verbal form, cp. the similar process in OE.
2. The ending -més of the 1. pl. properly belongs to the present
indic. and imperative, from which it was transferred by analogy to the
1. pl. subj. pres. and to the pret. indic. and subj.
3. The endings -ém, -én of the I. pl. belong properly to the subj.
pres. only.
4. The ending -\m of the 1. pl. pret. indic. arose regularly from
older -um. See 5 92.
5. The in n. ending -en is due to that of the weak verbs, Class I,
where -en arose regularly. See 5 91.
6. The 2. sg. pret. indie. has always the same stem-vowel uthe
pret. subj. and pret. pl. indie.
The above remarks have merely been made with a view of explaining
the verbal forms with double endings. It must not, however, be assumed
that the forms, which have remained unmentioned, were all regularly
developed from the Germanic primitive language. Some of them were
either OHG. new formations (e. g. 2. pl. indic. and imper., the regular
form of which would be *nimit), or had been modi ed in some way
Partly by analogy and partly by levelling, e. g. the e in némemés, older
form némamea.
GRAMMAR 73
Ablaut-series.
§175. We shall only give in each class a few verbs to
illustrate the gradation of vowels and consonant changes.
All other verbs occurring in the texts will be found in the
glossary referred to their proper class.
§ 1'76. CLASS I.
INFIN. Parr. So. Pxn'r. PL. P.P.
i ii
54
i
i
}§
é
bitan, to wail beit bitun gibitan

scriban, wrzte screib scribun giscr-iban
to
stigan, to ascend steig stigun gistigan

risan, to fall reis rirun giriran
snidan, to cut sneid snitun g-isnitan
spiwan, to 11omz? spéo (spé) spiwun gispiwan
(Khan, to thrive déh dig-nu gidigan
lihan, to lend 1éh liwim giliwan.
NOTE. On the pret. apéo, spé, see 90, and for the consonant
5
changes 87.
§
177. CLASS 11.

§
INFIN. PRES. So. PRET. 56. Pan . PL. P.P.

0;}
to iu 55 u o
§
liogan, to lie liugu long lugun gilogan

klioban, to cleave kliubu kloub klubun gikloban
biotan, to o 'er biutu. bot butuu gibotan
kiosan, to ch0ose kiusu kos kurun gikoran
ziohan, to draw ziuhu 2oh zugun gizogan
Here belong also
s fan, to sip, drink s 1 u souf su un giso an
s gan, to suck si'rgu song 5u81111 gisogan
NOTE. I. On the Upper German forms of the in n.with iu(1iugan)

see 5 56. For his beside kurun, &c., see § 87.
2. Verbs of this class ending in w have in throughout the present and
{1 in the pret. pi. and past participle, as kiuwan, to ehew, kou
(5 90),
kt iwun, gikt'iwan; in the two last forms the w was often dropped.
3. st'ifan, si'igan are properly aorist presents, like Greek nfnpw, rpl w.
CLASS III.
§ 178. To this class belong all strong verbs having a medial
nasal or liquid + consonant, and a few others in which the
vowel is followed by two consonants other than nasal or
liquid + consonant.
Those with nasal + consonant have i in the in n. and
throughout the present (§ 37, I) and u in the past participle
(§ 39) ; the others have i

in the sing. present (§§ 37, 2, 44), 6
in the plural, and o in the past participle.
INFIN. PRES. So. PRET. SG. PRET. PL. P.P.

i .
1 a u
u
_
8 0
bintan, to bind bintu bant buntun gibimtan
rinnan, to run rinnu ran runnun girunnan
singan, to sing singu sang sungun gisungan
wérdan, to become wirdu ward wurtun wortan
stérban, to die stirbu starb sturbun gistorban
hél1'an, to help h iu half hulfun giholfan
fe'htan, to ght htu faht fuhtun gifohtan
bréstan, to burst bristu brast brustun gibrostan
NoTE. I. dwingan, to eompel, has the pp. gidungan beside gi

dwungan.
2. biginnan, to begin, and brlngan, to bring, have the weak preterites
bigonta, bigondn, brshta, beside the strong bigan, brang.

GRAMMAR 75
CLASS IV.
§ 179. To this class belong strong verbs whose stems end
in a single liquid or nasal, and a few others.
INFIN. PRES.SG. PRE'LSG. PRE LPL. P.P.
6 i a. 5. o
néman, to take nimu nam nimun ginoman
. béran, to bear bim bar giboran
hélan, to hia'e hilu hal hilun giholan
stélan, to steal stilu stal stélun giatolan
quéman, to come quimu quam quimun quoman
Here belong also
spréchan, to speak sprichu sprah aprichun gisprochan
bréohan, to &reak brichu brah brichun gibrochan.
NOTE. Beside the pp. quornan occurs also quéman, formed after
the analogy of Class V. For initial qu6-, qui-, Tatian has co-, cu-.
CLASS V.
§ 180. To this class belong all those verbs having in
4%,
i
the present, and ending in other consonants than those in
Classes III and 1V.
INFIN. PRES.SG. PRET.SG. FRET-PL. RF.
a.
E
ii
5
géban, to give gibu gab gibun g-igéban

séhan, to .vee sihu sah sihun giséhan
quédan, to sqy quidu quad quiitun giquétan
éqqan, to cat iqqu iq Equn géqqan
wésan, to 5e wisu was wzirun
lésan, to readgat/zerlisu las l run giléran
géhan, to con/2m gihu jah jihun gigéhan
Here belong also
sitzen, to :1'l aitzu seq séqun Eisé an
bitten, to beg bittu bat bitun gibétan
liggen, to lie down liggu lag lig'un Eiléga-n
Norm I. With the a in 5.1;, cp. OE. etan, Lat. édere, to eat, beside
OE. t, Lat. éd-i.
2. On gihu, géhan, beside jah, see § 91.
sitzen from *sitjan, bitten from *bidjan
3.
liggen from *ligjan. See 80. The j (=Gothic bidjan),
5 belonged to the present only.
§ 181. CLASS VI.

INFIN. PRET. SG. PRET. PL. RP.
a. no no a.
faran, to go fuor fuorun gifarlm
tragan, to carry truog truogun g'itragan
wahsan, to grow wnohs wuohsun giwahsan
slahan, to s1rz'ke sluog sluogun g-islagan
stantan, to stand stuont: stuontun gistantan
Here belong also
he 'en, to rz'zzlre huob huobun -ha.ba.n
skephen, to orea1e skuof skuofun giska an
swerien, to swear swuor (suor) swuorun
gisworan
suorun }
Norm I. The 2. and 3. sg. pres. indic. have umlaut, see, however,
§ 43.
2. The pret. sg. has been formed after the
u1110;
analogy of the pret
pl. The regular form sluoh still occurs in
the oldest monuments.
3. stuont, stuontun, gistantan have the
n in the stem from the
present, cp. OE. standan, to stand,
pret. atod. Forms without 11 are
\._w"
occasionally found in OHG. ; as pret. pl.
foratuotun. For the shorter
present forms, see § 204.
-
4. he en from *hafjtl-n
[=Gothic hafjan, to raise, cp. Lat. Ctlpio];
skephen from *skapjan
(= Gothic skapjan); swerian from *swa-rj -n
See § 80. huob has its b from
the pret. pl. and pp., the regular form
would be *huof. The present tense of these three
verbs follows the
in ection of the weak verbs, Class
I.
5. The regular forms of the 2. and
3. sg. pres. indic. and 2. sg. im
perative of he en were
hevia, hevit, hevi; for the 11 see
5 7 under f.
._This 11 then became transferred to
other forms of the present where
it
GRAMMAR 77
did not originally belong, e. g. intin. heven, pres. participle heventi.

Similarly at a later period the b of the pret. pl. and pp. crept into the
present, from which arose the Middle and Modern HG. form heben.
CLASS VII.
§ 182. To this class belong those verbs which had originally
reduplicated preterites like e.g. Greek )\é)\ot1ru. or Gothic hal
dan, to hold, pret. sg. haihald ; létan, to let, pret. sg. lailot ;
okan, to complain, pret. sg. fai ok ; haitan, to eall, pret. sg.
haihéit ; aukan, to increase, pret. sg. aiauk.
The reduplication disappeared in OHG. through the re
duplicated undergoing
syllable contraction with the stem
syllable. Five sub-classes are to be distinguished according
as the present stem contains
a = Prim. Germanic a, Gothic :1.
-
5' = n n a n a
ai- = n n 31 1) 6'i
on (o § 55)= ,, ,, au. ,, an
uo = ,, ,, o ,, o.
Sub-classes 1, 2, 3.
§ 183. The preterite of the verbs belonging here contained

the stem-vowel o in the oldest state of the language. During
the OHG. period this é was developed to is through the inter
mediate stages ea, ia, see § 50. Ott'rid had is, Tatian ie.
The pret. sg. and plur. have the same stem-vowel.
INFIN. Pun'r. So. P.P.
haltan, to hold hialt gihaltan
gangan, to go giang gigangan
fallan, to fall al gifallan
Here belong properly also
fahan, to seize ang gr'fangan
hahan, to hang hiang gihangan.
78
NOTE. I. On the last two verbs see 55 36, 87.

2. The pret. int egun in Tatian for int engun was formed after
the analogy of the present.
3. For the shorter presents of gangan see 5 205.
INFIN. PRET. So. P.P.

liqan, to let liaq gilaqan
slafan, to sleep sliaf gislafan
ritan, to advise riat giritan
heiean, to call hing giheizan
skeidan, to sever skiad giskeidan
meiaan, to cut miaq gimeiqan
Sub-classes 4, 5.
§ 184. The preterite of these verbs in the oldest period of
the language contained the diphthong so, which became i0
(Otfrid ia) in the ninth century. Tatian has both ac and io.
INFIN. PRET. Se. P.P.
loufan, to run liof -
giloufan
houwan, to hew hio gihouwan
stoqan, to pus}! stioq gistoqan
ruofan, to call riof giruofan.
NOTE Upper German has the preterite forms liuf, bin, and riuf.
B. WEAK VERBB
§185. The weak verbs, which for the most part are
derivatives, are divided into three classes according as the
in nitive ends in -en (from older -ja.n, § 91), ~on, -én (from
older -a.tn).
Three stems are to be distinguished in the conjugation of
weak verbs: the stem of the present, preterite, and the past
participle, which mostly agrees with that of the preterite.
GRAMMAR 79
NOTE.-The in nitive of Class I not unfrequently ends in am (instead

of -en), especially in the Upper German dialects. The ending 4m was
due to the analogy of the in nitive-ending of strong verbs.
1. First Week Conjugation.

§186. The verbs of this conjugation are sub-divided into
two classes: (a) those which had originally a short stem
syllable; (b) polysyllabic verbs and those which had a long
stem syllable.
NOTE. -A syllable is long when it contains a long vowel or diphthong,

or a short vowel followed by two consonants belonging to the same
syllable, thus e.g. slit , slezp, stein, stone, gust, g wst.
Class 11..
§187. Formation of the Present stem. The present

stem of these verbs became long (except in the( 23nd
persons sg. pres. indic., and. 2. pers. sg. imperative) by
the West Germanic law of the doubling of consonants,
see § 80. The j had already disappeared in these persons
before the operation of this law, for which reason they have
single consonants. The verbs, however, ending in one of the
a 'ricatae u (t2), pf, or ck (och) (= West Germanic ti, pj,
kj), have extended these throughout the present and to the
imperative 2. pers. sg.
Formation of the Preterite and Past Participle.

The j, which caused the doubling of the nal consonants
in the present stems, never existed in the preterite or past
participle, so that these stems end in single consonants. The
preterite has usually the ending ~ita, but verbs, whose present
_ stems end in one of the a 'ricatae pf, 22 (t8). 01' ck (cell)
(= West Germanic pj, ti, kj), have the ending -ta in the
Those whose present stems end in tt or 11

preterite.
(= West Germanic dj, 1i), sometimes have the one ending
and sometimes the other.
The past participle has two forms, the one called the un
in ected, the other the in ected form. The unin ected form
ends in -it. The in ected form ends in -it.er when the
preterite ends in -ita, and in -tér when the preterite ends in
-ta. See § 148.
§ 188. The full conjugation of zellen, to tell, and nerien,

to save, will serve as models for this class.
Present.
Innrc. SUB)
Sing. 1. zellu, neriu zelle, nerie
2. ael-is, ner-is, ist zell-és, neri-és ,'
-ést
3. zelit, nerit zelle, nerie
Plur. r. zell-emés, neri-emés ; -én zell ém, nerl-ém;
-5n, -emés
2. zellet, neriet zellét, neriét
3. zellent, nerient zellén, nerién
IMPER. INFIN.
Sing. 2. zeli, neri zellen, nerien
Gmumn.
Plur. 1. zell-emés, neri-emés; -i§n Gen. ze11ennes, neri
ennes
2. zellet, neriet Dat. nellenne, neri
enne
Pans. PARTICIPLE.
Isllenti, nerienti.
GRAMMA R 8 I
Preterite.
Innrc. Sun].
Sing. 1. salts. zelita, nerita zalti seliti, ne
riti; -i
2. zalt-os zelit-os, nerit-os; -ost salt-is zelit-is
nerit-is; ist
3. zalta. zelita, nerita zalti zeliti, ne
riti; -i
Plur. 1. salt-um zelit-um, nerit-um ; -un, zalt-im zelit-im,
-umés nerit-im; -in,
~imés
2. zaltut zelitut, neritut zaltit zelitit, ne
ritit
3. zaltun zelitun, neritun zaltin zelitin, ne
ritin.
PAST PARTICIPLE.
gizalt gizelit, ginerit.
NOTE I. On the personal endings see 5 174, notes.
2. The forms neriu, neriet, &c., sometimes appear as norm,
nerret, &c.
3. After the analogy of zelis, zelit, the other forms of the present
have single consonants in Tatian.
Class b.
§189. The verbs of this class undergo no consonant
changes in the present.
The preterite ends irK Q in the Upper German dialects
and in Otfrid, while in Tatian it not unfrequently ends in
-ita,. The past participle follows the same rule as the verbs
under Class 11..
NOTE.-I. Present stems ending in double consonants are simpli ed

in the preterite, as brennen, to burn, pret. branta; kussen, to kiss,
pret. kusta.
wiucnr G
2. Verbs whose present stems end in a

consonant+t have only one
t in the preterite, as wanten, to turn, pret. wanta.
§ 190. The full conjugation of suoohen, to seek, will serve
as a model for this class. '
Present.
INDIC.
SUB].
Sing. 1. suoohu suoche
2. suoch is; -ist suoch-és; -ést
3. suochit suoohe
Plur. I. suoch-emés; -én
suoch-ém ; -én, -emés
2. suoehet
suochét
3. suochent suochén
IMPER. INFIN
Sing. 2. suochi
suochen
GERUND.
Plur. I. suoch-emés, -én Gen. suochennes
2. suoehet
Dat. suochenne
PRES. PART
suochenti
Preteriz e.
Inmc.
SUB].
Sing. 1. suohta. suohti ; -i
suoht-os; -o5t
2.
suoht-is; -ist
3. suohta suohti ; -i
Plur. 1. suoht-um;
2. suohtut
miD-umés
V suoht-im; -in -im5s
suohtit
3. suohtun suohtin
Pas'r PARTICIPLE
gisuochit.
GRAMMAR 83
§ 191. The following verbs are irregular :

InFnv. PRET.
denken, to think dihta 74)
dunken, to seem d hta (§ 74)
furhten, forhta.
h
-
to afrazd
furihten, 39 63)
} forahta }
wurken, to work worhta. (worahta)
(§§ 39, 63).
2. Second Weak Conjugation.

§ 192. Present.
Innrc. SUB].
Sing. 1. salbbm; -on, 1 anoint salbo
2.
sa.1bos(t) sa1bos(t)
3. salbot salbo
Plur. 1. salbomés, salbon salb-om; -on, omés
2. sa1bot aalbot
3. salbont salbon
IMPER. Irnrm.
Sing. 2. salbo salbon
GERUND.
Plur. 1. salbomés, salbon Gen. salbonnes
2. salbot Dat. salbonne
PRES. PART.
salbonti.
Preterz'te.
Innrc.
SUB]
Sing. 1. salbota Balboti; -.i
[&c., like suohta] [&c., like suohti]
PAST PART. gisalbot.
GZ
NOTE The 1'. pl. pres. indic. and imper. and the whole of the subj.
present have also longer forms salboén, subj. salb6e, &c.,
in the Upper
German dialects.
3. Third Weak Conjugation. '
§ 193. Present.
I
INDIC.
SUB].
Sing. 1. habem; -én, have habe
2.
habés(t) habés(t)
3. habét habe
Plur. I. habémés; habén habém; ~én, habémés
2.
nabs} - habét
3. [habént habén
IMPER. INFIN
Sing. 2. habe habén
GERUND.
Plur. I. habémés; habén Gen. habénnes
2. habét .
Dat. habénne
PRES. PART,
habénti.
Preterz'te.
Innrc.
Sun].
Sing. 1. habéta. habéti; -i
PAST PART. gihabét.
Nom. I. Longer forms occur, habéén, habée, as in the second

conjugation.
2. Forms like hebis, habit; aegis, segit; hebita, segita, are due
to a contamination with
verbs of the rst conjugation.
GRAMMAR 85
MINOR GROUPS
A. PBETERITE-PRESENTB
These verbs have strong preterites with a present
§ 194.
meaning, like Gk. 018a, Lat. novi, know, from which new I
weak preterites have been formed. The 2. sg. ends in -t and
has the same stem-vowel as the I. and 3. sg. The following
verbs belong to this class :
§195. I. Ablaut-series.
Weiq, I know, 2. sg. weist; 1. pl. wiqqun (-umés), subj.
wiqqi; pret. wissa (wéssa, Wésta,); in n. wirgqan; pres.
part. wiaqanti ; pp. giwisqan.
Pl. eigun, we have, eigut, eigun; subj. elgi, pp. eigan,
own, as adj. only. The other forms of this verb are
wanting.
§196. II. Ablaut-series.
3. sg. tong,
avails, 3. pl. tugun
zt ; pret. 3. sg. tohta;
pres. part. toganti, inf. wanting.
§197. III. Ablaut-series.

An, I grant, pl. unnun, subj. unni, pret. onda. (onsta),
inf.unnan.
kan, I can, know, 2. sg. kanst, pl. kunnun, subj. kunni,
pret. konda. (kousta) inf. kunnan pres. part. kunnanti.
I
; ;
pl.
darf, need, 2. sg. darft, durt nn, subj. dur , pret.

dorfta, inf. durfan.
gi-tar, dare, 2. sg. gitarst, pl. giturrun, subj. giturri,
I
pret. gitorsta, inf. and pres. part. wanting, pp. gitorran.
§198. IV. Ablaut-series.

skal, shall, 2. sg. scalt, pl. sculun, subj. sculi; pret.
I
scolta, inf. scolan, pres. part. scolanti.

NOTE Some forms of this verb occur occasionally without c, e.g.

NHG. forms and OE. soeal, beside Mod.
Tatian sal, solta, cp. the
Northern Engl. dial., sal.
§199. V. Ablaut-series.
mag, I may, can,maht, pl. mag1m (mugun), subj.
2. sg.
megi (mugi), pret. mahta (mohta), inf. magan (mugan),
pres. part. maganti (muganti).
VI. Ablaut-series.
200. muoq,
§ I
may, must, 2. sg. muost, pl. muoqun, subj.
muoqi, pret. muosa, in n. and pres. part. wanting.
B. VERBS IN -MI
§ 201. The 1. pers. sg. pres. indic. of the Indo
Germanic verb ended either in -6 or in -mi (cp. the Greek
verbs in -w and -|.u., like dae'pu and ri6-qpt, &c.). To the verbs
in ~o belong all the regular Germanic verbs; of the verbs
in -mi only scanty remains have been preserved; they are
distinguished by the fact that the 1. pers. sg. pres. indic.
ends in m which became -n in OHG. in the ninth century.
Here belong the following OHG. verbs :
§202. 1. The Substantive Verb.

Present.
INmc. Sun].
Sing. 1. him, bin si
2. bist, bis sis, sist
3. lat si
Plur. 1. birum, birun sim (sin)
2. birut sit
3. sint sin.
The other forms are supplied from wésan (§ 180), thus
GRAMMAR 87
imper., 2. sg. wis, pl. wéset, inf. wésan, pres. part. wésanti,
pret. 1., 3. sg. was, 2. sg. wi.ri, pl. warun.
NOTE. I. The subj. pres. and the indie. 3. sg. lst, 3. pl. sint were
formed from the root a5-. The forms with b probably arose from a con
tamination of the root es- with the root bheu- (=Lat. fu-). The
regular forms would have been *im, *is, *irum {*irun), *irut.
2. The inf. form sin was an OHG. new formation.
§ 203. 2. -'I he Verb tuon, to do.
OLDEST
INDICATIVE FORM. TA TIAN. OTFRID.
Sing. 1. tom tuon duan
a. toe tuos(t), t is duae(t), duis(t)
3. tot tuot duat, duit
Plur. I. tomés tuomés, tuon duen
2. hit tuot duet
3. tom: tuont duent, duant
SUBJUNCTIVE
Sing. 1. 3. to tuo (tuoe, tuoa, tue) due
2. tbs t é duost
Plur. 1. tom duen
2. tot tuot
3. ton tuon
IMPERATIVE
Sing. 2. to tuo dua.
Plur. 1. tomés tuomés duemés
2. tot tuot duet, duat
INFIN. ton tuon duan
GER. DAT. tonne tuonne duanne.
PARTICIPLE tonti tuonti
The preterite of tuon is in ected like a verb of the fth
ablaut-series, except that the I. and 3. sg. have reduplication,

téta. The forms are :
Indic. Sing. 1., 3. téta, a. tati.
,, Plur. tatum, -un, titut, tatun.
Subj. Sing. 1., 3. tati, 2. t5.tis(t), &c.
Past Participle gitin.
3. The Verbs gin (gén), to go, and. stin (stén), to Maori.
§204. The strong verbs gangan183) and stantan (§

(§ 181), which regularly form their preterites giang, stuont,
have beside these short present forms.
The Alemanic dialect has the forms gain, stain, while the
Bavarian and the Franconian dialects have mostly the forms
gén, stén.
§205. The full conjugation of gi.n (gén) will serve for
both verbs.
INDICATWE. SUBJUNCTIVE.
Sing.I. 36m, gain; gém, gén gé
2. gsa(t); gés(t) gés(t)
3. git; gét gé
Plur. I. gimés, gi.n ; gémés, gén gén
2. git; gét gét
3. giant ; gént gén
IMPERATIVE. INFINITIVE.
Sing. 2. [gang] gen ; gén
GERUND.
Plur. 1. gamés; gémés, gén Gen. games
2. git ; gét Dat. ganne
PRES. PARTICIPLE.
ginti; g'énti.
NOTE. The 2. sg. indic. is in Otfrid geist, steist, and the 3. Sg
mostly geit, steit.
'
GRAMMAR 89
4. The Verb (wi11).
§206. The present tense of this verb was originally an

optative (subjunctive) form of a verb in -mi, used indicatively,
cp. Gothic wiliau. To this was formed a new subjunctive
and a weak preterite.
Present.
Ismcxnvx. SUBJUNCTIVE.
sing. I. w lu (wille, Willa) welle
2. w i(wilis) welléa(t)
3. wili welle
Plur. I. wellemés, wellén wellémés, wellén
2. wallet wellét
3. wellent wellén
INFIN. PRES. PART.
wellen wellenti.
Preterite.
INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE.
Sing. 1. wolta. woltt ; -i
NOTE The present forms of this verb, which have the stem-vowel
e, have 0 in the F ranconian dialects after the analogy of the pteterite,
thus inf. wollen, Bcc.
CHAPTER XIII
S YN T A X
Cases.
§207. Aceusative. The accusative has much the same
function as in NHG. The verbs ahten, to perseeute, beiton,
to wait for, bigéhan, to c0ry ess, coston, to tempt, govern the
genitive or accusative.
§ 208. Genitive. The verbs gehan, lo mym, coron, fo
taste,sum-gén, to take l/mughtjbr, furlougnen, to deny, take the
genitive. The genitive is sometimes used adverbially, as
alles, else, nalles (= ni alles), not at all, tages, éy day,
heimwartes, homewara's, niuwes, recent] , &c.
§209. Dative. The verbs uohhon, to speak evil of
folgén, to follow, hélfan, to help, thionon, to serve, take the
dative.
Adjectives.
§ 210. The weak and strong forms are used in much the
same manner as in Modern High German.
The comparative and superlative degrees of adjectives
and the ordinal numerals [except ander,
second] follow the
weak declension, as ér ward altero, Ie beeame older ; ér mir
liobosto was, was dearest l0 me; ér aristo,
I;
he ist'. he 11z!
rst.
Adjectives may be used as nouns without the article, as
snél indi kuoni, than; uuas imo gekunni, quiekmss and
boldness were inborn in him; blinto giséhent, halze gangellt,
the Mind see, the lame walk.
When the same adjective refers both to masc. and fem.

GRAMMAR 91
beings, it is put in the neut. plural, as siu uuarun réhtiu

beidu fora gote, they were both rzghteous before God.
Cardinal numerals compounded of 4mg, decade, as orzug,
for/y, as well as hunt, hundred, and d sunt, thousand, are
used as nouns and govern the genitive case. lu, much, also
takes the genitive.
The unin ected form of the adjective, when used attribu
tively or predicatively,occurs beside the in ected form in the
nom. sing. of all genders, and in the acc. sing. neuter, thus
blint man beside blintér man, blind man; blint frouwa
beside blintrlu frouwa, blind woman ; blint kind beside
blintaq kind, blfnd child ; alt was siu jaro, she was old in
years.
In the nom. plural, all genders, the unin ected form occurs
beside the in ected form when the adjective is used predica
tively ; thus die man sint blint or blinte, the men are blind ;
wlr birun fro, we are jqyful.

Nom. The nom. sg. unin ected form of the adjective is a remnant
of the time when the adjectives had the same endings as the nouns, cp.
nom. sg. wolf, wolf, wort, word ; éra, honour, is properly the acc. form,
the regular nom. form would be " t, see 5 57, 2.
Pronouns.
§ 211. Personal pronouns were sometimes omitted, as
sprichist, than ni scalt, thou speakert what thou oughtest not;
faramés, let us go uuard tho, then it mih
I
; happened;
hunglrit, am hungry.
The relative pronoun was generally expressed by dandar},
diu, which however could be omitted, as funtun einan man,
mit namon Simeon hieq, they found a man who was called
b_y
Simeon name.
dér and ér were sometimes used pleonastically, as this
morganlihho tag thér bisuorgét sih sélbo, tlze m0rrow shall

take thought for the tkings of itself; Lazarus ér was iro ein,
Lazarus was one Qf them.
Verbs.
§ 212. Tenses. The future simple was generally expressed
by the present as in OE, as nemnis th sinan namon
Johannem, thou shalt eall his name john.
The preterite had rarely a perfect meaning. Both the
perfect and pluperfect were expressed by the past participle
and one of the auxiliary verbs habén, eigan, wésan, as ér
habét uns gizeigot, hath shown unto us ; thair eigut ir
he
gihorit, that have ye heard; ih bim alt, inti min quéna
fram ist gigangan in in tagun (= the Latin ego enim sum
senex, et uxor mea processit in diebus suis
).
§213. Voice. In the oldest monuments the passive was
expressed by the past participle and one of the auxiliary verbs
wéean, wérdan without any distinction in meaning, thus ist
ginoman or wirdit ginoman = taken, was ginoman or
is
ward ginoman = was taken.

From the ninth century onward distinction began to be
a
made in such way that wérdan came to be used for the

a
imperfect tenses, and wésan for the perfect tenses; thus wirdit
ginoman = taken; ist ginoman = has been taken ward
1's
ginoman = was taken war ginoman = had been taken.

;
TEXTS
I
TA'I IAN
The Old High German translator of the Gospel Harmony, which
generally goes under the name of Tatian, is unknown. The German
version, written in the East Franconian dialect, was probably made at
the monastery of Fulda about the year 82 5.
The most useful edition is by Professor Sievers, Tatz'an, Laler'niseh
und Alta eutseh, mit aus 'e'hrliebem Glassar, Paderborn, I872. 2nd
edition, 1892.
1. Prologus. Luke i. 1 4.
Bithiu nuanta manage zilotun ordinon saga thio in uns

gifulta sint rahhono, so uns saltun thie thar fon anaginne
selbon gisahun inti ambahta uuarun uuortes, uuas mir
gisehan gifolgéntemo fon anaginne allém, gernlihho after
antreitu thir scriben, thir bennisto Theophile, that z thi 5
forstantés thero uuorto, fon thém th gilérit bist, uuar.
2. I. John i. 1-5.
I. In anaginne inti than uuort uuas mit
uuas uuort
gote inti got selbo uuas than uuort. Than uuas in ana
ginne mit gote. Allin thuruh than vvurdun gitan inti
nnan sin ni uuas uuiht gitanes than thar gitan uuas; than ro
uuas in imo lib inti than lib uuas lioht manno. Inti
than lioht in nstamessin liuhta inti nstarnessi than ni
bigri un.
94
3. II. Luke i. 5-2 5.

Uuas in tagun Herodes thes cuninges judeno sumér
2.
biscof namen Zacharias fon themo uuehsale Abiases inti r5
quena imo fon Aarones tohterun inti ira namo uuas

Elisabeth. Siu uuarun rehtiu beidu fora gote, gangenti
in allén bibotun inti in gotes rehtfestin finnan lastar, inti
ni uuard in sun, bithiu uuanta Elisabeth uuas unberenti
inti beidu fram gigiengun in iro tagun. Uuard tho, mit so
thin her in biscofheite giordinot uuas in antreitu sines
uuehsales fora gote, after giuuonu thes biscofheites in
lonne fram gieng, thatn her uuihrouh branti ingangenti in
gotes tempal, inti al thiu menigi uuas thes folkes z,ne,
betonti in thero ziti thes rouhennes. Araugta sih imo 25
gotes engil, stantenti in zeso thes altares thero uuihrouh

brunsti. Thanan tho Zacharias uuard gitruobit than
sehenti, inti forhta ana el ubar inan. Quad tho zi imo
ther engil: ni forhti th thir, Zacharias, uuanta gihorit
ist thin gibet, inti thin quena Elysabeth gibirit thir sun, 3,0
inti nemnis th sinan namon johannem. Inti her ist thir
gifeho inti blidida, inti manage in sinero giburti mendent.
Her ist uuarlihho mihhil fora truhtine inti uuin noh lid ni
trinkit inti heilages geistes uuirdit gifullit fon hinan fon
reve sinero muoter, inti manage Israheles barno giuuerbit 35
zi truhtine gote iro. Inti her ferit fora inan in geiste inti
in megine Heliases, than her giuuente herzun fatero in
kind, inti ungiloubfolle zi uuistuome rehtero, garuuen
truhtine thuruhthigan folc.
Inti quad Zacharias zi themo engile: uuanan uuein ih 40
than? ih bim alt, inti min quena fram ist gigangan in ira
tagun. Tho antlingonti thie engil quad imo: ih bim
Gabriel, thie anstantu fora gote, inti bin gisentit zi thir
TA TIAN 95
thisu thir sagén. Inti ni uuirdist th suigénti inti ni

maht sprehhan unzan then tag, in themo thisu uuerdent, 45
bithiu uuanta thir ni giloubtus minén uuortun, thiu thar
gifultu uuerdent in iro ziti. Inti uuas
folc beitonti
than
Zachariam, inti vvuntorotun than her lannéta in templo.
Her n gangenti ni mohta sprehhan zi in, inti forstuontun
than her gisiht gisah in templo, her than bouhnenti in 50
thuruhuuonéta stum. Inti gifulte uurdun tht ) taga sines
ambahtes, gieng in sin his; after thén tagon int eng
Elisabeth ~sin mf manoda, que
quena inti tougilta sih
denti: uuanta sus teta mir trohtin in tagon, in thén her
giscouuuota ar rran minan itiuuin untar mannon. 55
4. III. Luke i. 26-56.
3. In themo sehsten manude gisentit uuard engil

Gabriel fon gets in thie burg Galileae, thero namo ist
Nazareth, thiornin gimahaltero gommanne, themo
zi
namo uuas Joseph, fon hise Davides, inti namo thero
thiornt'm Maria. Inti ingangenti ther engil zi iru quad: 6o
heil uuis th gebt'mo follu! truhtin mit thir, gisegenot
sis thil in uuibun. Tho siu thiu gisah, uuas gitruobit in
sinemo uuorte inti thahta, uuelih uuari than uuolaqueti.
Quad iru ther engil: ni forhti thir, Maria, thil fundi
huldi mit gote, sénoni inphahis in reve inti gibiris sun 65
inti ginemnis sinan namon Heilant. Ther ist mihhil inti
thes hoisten sun ist ginemnit, inti gibit imo truhtin sedal
Davides sines fater, inti rihhisot in lit 186 Jacobes zi éuuidu,
inti sines rihhes nist enti. Quad tho Maria zi themo
engile : vvuo mag than sin? uuanta ih gommannes uuis 7o
nibin. Antlingotatht') ther engil, quad iru: thie heilago
geist quimit ubar thih, inti thes hohisten megin biscatuit
thih, bithiu that"z their giboran uuirdit heilag, than uuirdit

ginemnit gotes barn. Sénon Elisabeth thin magin sin
inphieng sun in ira alttuome inti thiz ist thie sehsto 75
manod theru, thiu thar ginemnit ist unberenta: bithiu

uuanta nist unodi mit gote iogiuuelih uuort. Tho quad
Maria: sénon gotes thiu, uuese mir after thinemo
uuorte. Inti arfuor tho fon iru ther engil.
4. Arstantenti Maria in thén tagon gieng in gibirgu 80
mit ilungu in Judeno burg, ingieng tho in h s Zachariases
inti heilizita Elisabeth. Uuard tho, so siu gihorta heili
zunga Mari n Elisabeth,gifah than kind in ira reve.
Uuard tho gifullit heilages geistes Elisabeth, arriof mih
hilero stemnu inti quad : gisegenot sis th untar uuibun, 85
inti gisegenot si thie uuahsmo thinero uuamba, inti

uuanan mir, than queme mines truhtines muoter zi mir?
Sénonn so sliumo so thin stemna uuard thines heilizinnes
in minén orun, gifah in gifehen kind in minemo reve,
inti saligu thiu thar giloubta, uuanta thiu uuerdent gifre- 90
mitu, thiu thar giquetan vvurdun iru fon truhtine. Tho
quad Maria: mihhiloso min séla truhtin, inti gifah min
geist in gote minemo heilante, bithiu uuanta her gis
couuota odmuoti sinero thiuui, sénon fon thiu saliga mih
quedent allu cunnu, bithiu uuanta mir teta mihhilu thie 95
thar mahtig ist, inti heilag sin namo inti sin miltida in cunnu
inti in cunnu inan forhtantén. Teta maht in sinemo arme,
zispreitta ubarhuhtige muote sines herzen, nidargisazta
mahtige fon sedale inti arhuob odmuotige, hungerente gi
fulta guoto inti otage forlien itale. Inphieng Israhel sinan roo
kneht zi gimuntigonne sinero miltidu, so her sprah zi unsén
faterun, Abrahame inti sinemo samen zi uuerolti.' Uuon ta
Maria mit iru nah thri manoda inti uuarb zi ira his.
TA TIA N 97
5. IV. Luke L. 57-80.

4, 9. Elisabeth uuarlihho uuard gifullit zit zi beranne
inti gibar ira sun. Inti gihortun than tho ira nahiston 105
inti ira cundon, than truhtin mihhilosota sina miltida mit
iru, inti gi ihun mi! iru. Uuardin themo ahtuden
th(')
tage, quamun zi bisnidanne than kind, namtun inan sines

fater namen Zachariam. Antlingota tho sin muoter inti
quad: nio in altare, qar sin namo scal sin Johannes. I10
Inti quadun zi iru: nioman nist in thinemo cunne thie
thar ginemnit si thesemo namen. Bouhnitun tho sinemo
fater, uuenan her uuolti inan ginemnitan uuesan? Bat
tho scribsahses, screib sus quedanti: Johannes ist sin
namo ; vvuntorotun than tho alle. Gioffonota sih thf) 115
sliumo sin mund inti sin zunga,'in1i sprah got uuihenti.
Uuard tho forhta ubar alle iro nahiston, inti ubar allu
gibirgu Judeno vvurdun gimarit allu thisu uuort, inti
gisaztun alle thie in gihortun in iro herzen sus quedante:
uuas uuanis these kneht si? inti gotes hant uuas mit 20
v-r
imo.
Inti Zacharias sin fater uuard gifullit heilages geistes
inti uuinagota sus quedanti: Giuuihit si truhtin got
Israhelo, bithiu uuanta uuisota inti teta losunga sinemo
folke inti arrihta horn heili uns in h se Davides sines
knehtes. 8o her sprah thuruh mund heilagero, thie fon
uuerolti uuarun, sinero uuinagono, heili fon unsarén fiian
tun inti fon henti allero thie unsih hannotun, zi tuonne
miltida mit unsarén faterun inti zi gihugenne sinero
heilag1'm giuuinnessi, thero eidburti, thie her suor zi 130
Abrahame unsaremo fater, sih uns zi gebanne, than Enan

forhta fon hentin unsero fiianto arloste thionomés imo in
heilagnesse inti in rehte fora imo allén unsarén tagun.
WRIGHT H
Th kneht uuinago thes hohisten bis th ginemnit, fora

feris uuarlihho fora truhtines annuzzi zi garuuenne sinan 135
uueg, zi gebanne uuistuom heili sinemo folke in forlan

nessi iro suntono thuruh innuovilu miltida unsares gotes,
in thén uuisota unsih fgang fon hohi, inliuhten thén thie
thar in nstarnessin inti in sciluen todes sizzent, zi girih
tenne unsera fuonz,i in uueg sibba. -Ther kneht vvuohs r40
inti uuard gistrengisc'it geiste inti uuas in vvuostinnu
unzan then tag sinero arougnessi zi Israhel.
6. v. Luke ii. 1-7.

'
5, Ir. Uuard tho gitan in thén tagun, framquam gibot
fon demo aluualten keisure, than gibrievit wurdi a1 these
umbiuuerft. Than giscrib in Eristen uuard gitan in Syriu 145
fon i'Semo graven Cyrine, inti fuorun alle, than biiahin

thionost iogiuuelih in sinero burgi. Fuor tho Joseph fon
Galileu fon thero burgi thiu hien Nazareth in Judeno lant
inti in Davides burg, thiu uuas ginemnit Bethleem, bithiu
uuanta her uuas fon h se inti fon hiuuiske Davides, than r50
her gii'ahi saman mit Mari n imo gimahaltero gimahh n
so sca 'aneru. Tho sie thar uuarun, vvur oun taga gifulte,
inti gibar ira sun éristboranon inti biuuant
than siu bari,
inan mit tuochum inti gilegita inan in crippea, bithiu
uuanta im ni uuas ander stat in themo gasth se. I55
7, VI. Luke
ii.
8 20.
6. Uuarun tho hirta in thero lantskef uuahhante inti

bihaltante nahtuuahta ubar ero euuit. Quam thara gotes
engil inti gistuont nah in inti gotes berahtnessi bischein
sie, giforhtun sie im tho in mihhilero forhtu. Inti quad
TATIAN 99
im ther engil: ni curet iu forhten, ih sagén iu mihhilan 160
gifehon, ther ist allemo folke, bithiu uuanta giboran ist

in hiutu Heilant, ther ist Christ truhtin in Davides burgi.
Thar; si in zi zeichane, than ir ndet kind mit tuochum
bivvuntanan inti gilegitazz in crippa. Tho sliumo uuard
thar mit themo engile menigi himilisches heres got 165
lobontiu inti quedentiu: Tiurida si in thén hohistom
gote, inti in erdu si sibba mannun guotes uuillen. Uuard
tho than arfuorun fon in thie engila in himil, tho sprachun
thie hirta untar in zuisgén: faramés zi Bethleem, inti
gisehemés than uuort, then their gitan ist than truhtin uns 170
araugta. Inti quamun tho ilente inti fundun Marii m
inti Joseben inti than kind gilegitari in crippea. Sie tho
gisehente forstuontun fon bemo uuorte, than im giquetan
uuas fon demo kinde, inti alle thi than gihortun uuarun
than vvuntoronteinti fon 36m thiu giquetanu vvurdun zi I75
im fom b ém hirtin. Maria uuarlihho gihielt allu thisu
uuort ahtonti in ira herzen. Vvurbun tho thie hirta
heimuuartes diurente inti got lobonte in allém thém thiu
sie gihortun inti gisahun, soso zi im gisprochan uuas.
8. LXXXVII. John iv. 4-42.
87. Gilamf inan varan thuruh Samariam. Inti quam 180

tho in burg Samariae thiu dar ist giquetan Sychar, nah
uodile den dar gab Jacob Josebe sinemo sune. Uuas
dar brunno Jacobes. Der heilant uuas giuueigit fon dero
uuegeverti, san so oba themo brunnen, uuas tho zit nah
Sehsta. Quam tho uuib fon Samariu sce 'en uuanaar. ~85
Tho quad iru der heilant: gib mir trinkan. Sine iun
goron giengun in burg, than sie muos couftin. Tho
quad imo uuib than samaritanisga: uueo th mit thiu
H 2
Judeisg bis trinkan fon mir bitis, mit thiu bin uuib sa
maritanisg? ni ebanbr chent Judei Samaritanis. Tho rgo
antlingita ther heilant inti quad iru: oba th uuessis
gotes geba, inti uuer ist thé dir quidit: gibi mir trinkan,
th odouuan batis fon imo, than hé dir gabi lebénti
uuanz,ar. Tho quad imo than uuib: hérro, th n ni
habés mit hiu scefés inti thiu fuzze teof ist, uuanan habés I95
lebénti uuannar? Eno th bist mEra unsaremo fater
Jacobe, thé dar gab uns den phuzi, her tranc fon imo
inti sina suni inti sin hu ?
Tho antuurtanti ther heilant inti quad iru: giuuelih dé
dar trinkit fon uuannare thesemo, thurstit inan abur, dé 200
dar trinkit fon thesemo uuannare than ih gibu, ni thurstit
zi Euuidu, ouh uuanz,ar, than ih imo gibu, ist in imo
brunno uuannares fspringanti in éuuin lib. Tho quad
zi imo than uuib: hérro, gib mir than uuannar, than mih
ni thurste noh ni queme hera scephen. Tho quad iru 205
der heilant: var inti halo thinan gomman inti quim.
Antuurtanti dan uuib inti quad: ni habu gomman.
Tho quad iru der heilant: uuola quadi, than th ni
habés gomman; th1'i habétos nfgomman inti den th m'i
habés, nist din gomman, than quadi d uuar. Tho quad
imo than uuib: hérro, ih gisihu dan th uuinogo bist.
Unsara fatera in thesemo berge betotun, inti ir quedent,
uuanta in Hierusalem ist stat dar gilimphit zi bettonne.
Tho quad iru der heilant: uuib, giloubi mir, uuanta
quimit zit, danna noh in thesemo berge noh in Hieruso 215
limis betot ir fater. Ir bettot dan ir ni uuinnunt, uuir
betomés dan uuir uuinnumés, uuanta heili fon Judeis ist.
Ouh quimit zit inti n ist, danna thie uuaron betere
betc'mt den fater in geiste inti in ware, uuanta der fater
TA TIAN 101
sulicha suochit dé dar beton inan. Geist ist got inti thé 230
dar inan betont, in geiste inti uuzire gilim t zi betonne.

Tho quad imo dan uuib: ih uuein, uuanta Messias
quimit, thé giquetan ist Crist; thanne her quimit, her
gisagét uns alliu. Tho quad iru der heilant: ih bin
thé sprichu mit thir. 215
Inti sliumo quamun tho sina iungoron inti uuntrotun
bi hiu her mit uuibe Néman ni quad thoh:
sprachi.
uuan suochis odo uuan sprichis mit iru? Vorlien tho
iru uuannarfan dan uuib inti fuor in burg inti sagata thén
mannun: quemet inti gisehet then man thé mir quad 230
alliu so uuelichu so ih teta, eno nist her Crist? Th6
giengun sie n fon dero burgi inti quamun zi im0.
Untar diu batun inan sina iungoron sus quedente:
meister, in. Her quad in tho: ih muos habén zi
ennenna than ir ni uuinnunt. Tho quadun thé iungoron
untar in zuisgén eno ni brahta imo uuer zi ennanna?
:
Tho quad in der heilant: min muos ist than ih uuirche

thes uuillon thé mih santa, than ih thuruhfreme sin uuerc.
Eno ni quedet than noh ni vior manodz'i sint inti am
ir,
quimit? ih quidu iu: hebet if iuuariu ougun inti sehet 240

thiu lant, bidiu siu uuinu sint Inti thé dar
in
arni.
zi
arnot mieta intfihit inti samonot fruht in Euuin llb, than

der the sahit saman giveha inti thé that arnot. In thiu
ist uuar uuort: uuanta andar ist thé sahit inti ander ist
thé arnot. lh santa iuuuih arnc'inne ni arbei
zi
ir
than
totut, andre arbeitotun intiin iro arbeit ingiengunt.
ir
Fon dero burgi manege giloubtun in inan thero Samari

tanorum thuruh uuort thes uuibes giuuinscaf imo sa
uuanta quad mir alliu thiu ih teta . Tho sie
zi
gantes:
imo quamun the Samaritani, batun inan, than her dar 250
uuonati. Inti uuonata dar zuuéna taga; inti michilu

menigiron giloubtun thuruh sin uuort inti themo uuibe
quadun: bidiu uuir i nalles thuruh dina spracha gilou
bemés; uuir selbon gihortomés inti uuinnumés, uuanta
zi uuara thesér ist heilant mittilgartes. 255
9. CXXXVI. Luke ix. 51-54.
136. Uuard tho, mit thiu gifullite uuarun taga sineru

nunfti, inti her sin annuci festinota, than her fuori zi
Hierusalem, santa boton furi sih; inti farenti giengun in
burg thero Samaritano, than sia imo garauuitin. Inti sie
nint engun inan, uuanta sin annuci uuas farenti Cl26o
Hierusalem. Tho iungiron Jacobus
than gisahun sine
inti Johannes, quadun: trohtin, uuil th , thazz uuir
quedémés than ur nidarstige fon himile inti forbrenne
'
sie? Her tho ci in giuuentit increbota sie ; inti giengun
in andera burg. :65.
10. CXXXVII.
137. 1Ther heilant ér sehs tagon ostron quam ci
Bethaniu, thar da uuas Lazarus tot, then dar eruuacta
ther heilant. Mit diu her uuas in Bethania in hise
Simones thes horngibruoder, aforstuont mihil menigi fon
thén Judein then her that ist inti quamun nalles thurah 270
then heilant eckrodo, oh than sie Lazarusan gisahin then
her eruuacta fon tode. Thie Pharisei quathun ci in
selbon: gisehet ir than uuir niouuiht ni dihemés ; sénun
al thisiu uueralt ferit after imo. Thahtun thie héroston
thero heithaftc m, than sie Lazarusan ersluogin, uuanta275
John xii. Mark xiv. 3. John xii. 9, xix. Io, xi.

_1.
2.
TATIAN 103
manage thurah inan erfuoron fon thén Judaein inti

giloubtun in then heilant. Tatun imo thar abandmuos
inti Martha ambahtita, Lazarus uuas ein thero thie Init
imo sanun.
ll. CXXXVIII.
138. Maria habénti salbfan salb n fon narthu gitana 280
diura inti gibrohanemo gon ubar sin houbit S linintes
inti salbota sine fuoni inti suarb mit ira locon, inti thazz
h s uuas gifullit fon themo stanke thera salbin. Tho
quad ein fon sinén iungiron, Judas Scarioth, ther inan
uuas selenti: bihiu ni uuirdit thiu salba forcou t uuidar :85
thriuhunt pfennigon inti gigeban thurftigon P Than quad
her, nalles fon thén armon ni gilamf ci imo, oh bithiu
uuanta her thiob uuas inti sehhil habénti thiu thar
gisentidiu uuarun truog siu. Uuarun sume unuuerdliho
tragenti untar in selbén inti quedenti: ziu ist forlust :90
therra salb n gitan? °Uuinnenti than ther heilant quad
in : ziu birut ir hefige themo uuibe? guot uuerc uuirkit
siu in mir. 7Ir habét simbulun thurftigon mit iu, inti
thanne ir uuollét mugut in uuola tuon; mih ni habét ir
simbulun. aSententi thisiu thesa salb n in minan liha- :95
mon teta mih ci bigrabanne. Uuar quidih in, so uuar
gipredigot uuirdit thiz evangelium in alleru uueralti, ist
giquetan inti than thisiu teta in ira gimunt.
oThan gisehenti thie Fariseus thien thara ladota quad
sus in imo selbemo: oba thesér uuari uuinago, her 300
uuessi in giuuesso uuiolih inti uuelih uuib than uuas, thiu
'
John xii. 3.
1'
Mark xiv. 3.
3
Matt. xxvi. 7. John Xii- 3'6
5
Mark xiv. 4. Matt. xxvi. to. "
Mark xiv. 7. Matt. xxvi. 12, 13
Luke vii. 39-50.

inan ruorit; uuanta siu suntig ist. Antlingita ther heilant,

quad ci imo: Simon, ih habén thir sihuuan ci quedanne.
Her quad tho: meistar, quid l ' Zuéne sculdigon uuarun
sihuuelihemo inlihere ; ein solta nf hunt pfenningo, ander 305
solta nfzug: in tho ni habéntén uuanan sie gultin, tho
forgab her giuuederemo. Uuedaran minnota her mér ?
Tho antlingita Simon inti quad: ih uuaniu than ther
themo her méra forgab. Her quad imo tho: rehto
duomtos. Inti giuuant ci themo uuibe quad: Simon, 310
gisihistt thiz uuib? Ingieng ih in thin his, uuannar ni
gabi th minén fuonon ; thisiu abur mit ira zaharin lacta
inti mit ira fahsu suarb. Cus mir ni gabi; thisiu fon
thes siu ingieng ni bilan siu cussan mine Mit oliu
fuoni.
min houbit ni salbotost ; thisiu mit salb n salbota mine 315
fuonni. Thurah than quidih thir: sint iru forlanano
manage sunta, uuanta siu minnota lu. Themo min
uuirdit forlzinan, min minntit. Tho quad her zi iru:
forlanano sint thir suntz't. Tho bigondun thie dar saman
sannun quedan inan in: uuer ist thesér, thie dar sunta 3:0
forlanit ? Tho quad her ci themo uuibe : thin giloubo
teta thih heila, far in sibbu. 1
Thesén giquetanén gieng
stigenti zi Hierusalem.
12. CXXXIX. John xii. 20-36.

I 39. Uuarun heidane sume fon thén thie dar stigun
than sie betotin in themo itmalen tage. Thie giengun ci 325
Philippe, ther uuas fon Bethsaidu Galileae, inti batun
inan sus quedenti: hérro, uuir uuollemés then heilant
gisehan. Tho quam Philippus inti quad Andreas,
Andreas abur inti Philippus quadun themo heilante.
Matt. xx. 17.
TA TIAN 1
05
Ther heilant antlingita in quedenti: cumit cit in them 330

gidiurit uuirdit mannes sun. Uuar uuar quidih iu, nibi
fallenti in erda tot uuirdit, than selba
than corn thinkiles
eino uuonét; ob in erstirbit, managan uuahsmon bringit.
Thie dar minnot sin ferah, thie forliosen ; thie dar hannot
sin ferah in therru uueralti, in éuuin lib giheltit Oba
in.
335
uuer mir ambahte, mir -folgé: thar ih bin thar ist min
ambaht; oba uuer mir ambahtit, inan gihérét min fater.
N min Inti uuan quidu? Fater,
séla gitruobit ist.
giheili mih fon theru stuntul Thurah than quam in
ih
thesa cit.Fater giberehto thinan namon Quam stemma 34o
l
fon himile: inti giberehtota inti abur giberehtc'm.
Thiu menigi thiu dar stuont inti gihorta quadun than
thonar gitan uuari, andere quadun engil sprah imo.
zi
:
Tho antlingita ther heilant inti quad: nalles thurah

mih thisiu stemma quam, oh thurah iuuuih. N ist duom 345
thesses mittilgartes, n ther hérosto thesses mittilgartes
uuirdit eruuorpfan s. Inti ih, ob ih erhaban uuirdu fon
erdu, alliu thinsu 51' mir selbemo.
Thaa quad her gizei
hanonti uuelihemo tode sterbenti uuari. Tho antlingita
imo thiu menigi: uuir gihortumés fon theru évvu uuanta 35o
Christ uuonét éuuidu; inti vvuo quidist : gilinp t
zi
zi
erhefanne mannes sun? Uuer ist ther mannes sun?

Tho quad ther heilant: noh n ist lucil lioht in in. Geet
unz lioht habét, than iuuuih nstarnessi ni bifahe thie
ir
dar in nstamesse geet ni uuein uuara her ferit. Mit355

diu lioht habét, giloubet in lioht, tha; liohtes barn sit.
ir
ir
13. CLXIX.
200. IThie kenphon thes graven int engun then
Matt. xxvii. 27.

1
heilant in themo thinch s, gisamanotun zi imo alla thia

hansa, inti inan intuuatenti 1giuuatitun inan mit gotc
uuebbineru t nih n ainti rot lahhan umbibigabun
inan. 36o
Inti ehtenti corona fon thornon saztun ubar sin houbit
inti rora in sina zesau n, inti giboganemo kneuue fora imo
bismarotun inan sus quedenti: heil cuning Judeono! Inti
inan spiuuenti int engun ror n inti sluogun sin houbit. Inti
after thiu bismarotun inan, intuuatitun inan lahhanes inti 565
gotouuebbes inti giuuatitun inan sinén giuuatin inti leittun
inan than sien hiengin tragentan imo cn'lci. "Inan
intuuatenti fundun man Cireneum ' quementan fon thorf,9
in namen Simon hien, 1° fater Alexandres inti Rufuses, 1 then
thuungun sie
" dan
her truogi cr ci after themo heilante. 370
201. Folgéta inan mihil menig-i folkes inti uuibo, thie
dar runnun inti uuiofun inan. Tho uuanta sih zi in ther
heilant, quad: kind Hierusalem, ni curit vvuofen ubar
mih, oh ubar iuuuih selbon vvuofet inti ubar iuuueru kind.
Uuanta mi coment taga in théndir quedet: salige sint 375
umberente inti uuamb n thiede ni barun inti brusti thiode
ni sougitun. Thanne biginnent sie quedan bergon: fallet
ubar unsihl inti nollon : bithecket unsih! Bithiu oba sic
in gruonemo boume thisiu tuont, uuan ist in themo
thurren ? 380
14. CLXX.
202. Uuarun gileittit andre zuéne ubile mit imo, than
sie uuarin erslagan. Inti after thiu sie quamun in stat
thiu dar ist giheinan 14Golgotha,than ist erreckit hamalstat,
Mark xv. I7. John xix. z. Matt. xxvii. 28-31. Mark

xv. 2o. Matt. xxvii.
5
John xix. 17.
' Matt. xxvii. 32.
' Luke xxiii. 26. 9 Matt.37. xxvii. 32. 1°
Mark xv. 2!. Matt. xxvii.
1'
32. Luke xxiii. 26-31. 3
Luke xxiii. 32. 1
Mark xv. 22.
TA mm 107
1gabun imo gimirrotan uuin trinkan mit gallin gimisgitan,

inti mit diu her es corota, ni uuolta trinkan. Ther heilant 385
in
ni uuinnun uuan sie duont.
in,
quad: fater, forlan sie
203. After thiu sie inan erhiengun, int engun sin

giuuati inti tatun or deil, einero giuuelihemo kempfen
teil, inti tirnicht'm. Uuas thiu t niha unginait fon obanen
tigi ubar Tho quadun untar in zuisgén
al
giuueban. 390
:
ni slinénmés sia, oh lionémés fon iru, uues siu si. Than
giscrib uuerde gifullit quedenti: teiltun min giuuati in inti
ubar min giuuati santtun lon. Inti thie kempfon tatun
thisu. Inti sizenti hieltun inan.
204. Inti screib titul Pilatus "sineru sahhu inti 395
sazta obar sin houbit: thiz ist
N
ther heilant
'
azarenisgo,
cuning Judec'mo. Thesan titul manage lasun thero
Judeono, uuanta nah thero burgi uuas thiu stat thar der
heilant erhangan uuas, inti uuas giscriban in ebraisgon
inti in criehisgon inti in latinisgon. Quadun tho Pilatuse 400
thie bisgo 'a Judc'mo: ni curi scriban: Judono cuning.
Tho antlingita Pilatus: than ih screib than screib ih.
205. Tho uuarun erhangan mit imo zuéne thioba,
ein in zeso inti ander in sina uuinistra. 1
Thie furivaren
ton bismarotun inan, ruortun iro houbit inti quedenti:4o5
uuah, thie dar ziuuirp t tempal inti in thrin tagon
in
abur gizimbrot: heili thih selbon oba th gotes sun sis,

;
stig nidar fon themo crice. Sama thie héroston thero

bisgofo bismaronti mit thén buoherin inti mit thén alton
quadun: andre teta her heilae, sih selbon ni mac heil tuon 410
:
Matt. xxvii. 34. Lulre xxiii. 34. Malt. xxvii. 35. John xix.
'
John xix. 19. Mark xv. 26. John

'
Matt. xxvii. 36.

5
"
'
23, 24.
xix. 19; Matt. xxvii. 37. 1°
Matt. xxvii. 38; Mark
John xix. 1942.
'
xv. 27. Matt. xxvii. 39-41.

ob in Israhelo cuning er stige nidar fon themo cruce, inti
si,
gisehémés inti giloubémés imo. Her gitr uuét in got,
bithiu erlosit her inan n , ob her inan uuili her quad:
;
uuantih gotes sun bin. ein fon thén thie dar 4r
Than selba
5
hangétun thero thiobo bismarota inan quedenti: ob this
sis Crist, tuo dih selbon heilan inti unsih. Tho antlingita
ther ander, increbota inan sus quedenti: noh th
ni
forhtis got, than th in theru selb n nidarungu bist? inti
uuir giuuesso rehto, uuir uuirdigu tatin intfahemés; 420
thesér uuarliho niouuiht ubiles teta. Inti quad themo
zi
heilante: trohtin, gihugi min mit diu thir cumist in thin
rihhi. Tho quad imo ther heilant: uuar quiduh thir,
hiutu bist mit mir in paradiso.
206. Stuontun nah themo cr ce thes heilantes sin 425
4
muoter inti suester sinera muoter, Maria Cleopases, inti

Maria Magdalenisgu. Mit diu gisah ther heilant thia
muoter inti iungiron stantentan thende her minnota, quad
sineru muoter: uuib, sénu thin sun! After thiu quad
sinén iungiron : sénu thin muoter inti fon theru ziti 43o
l
int eng sia ther iungiro in sina.

207. "Fon theru sehstin ziti nstamessu uuarun ubar
alla erda zunzan niuntim zit. Inti umbi thia niunt n zit
riof ther heilant mihileru stemmu sus quedenti: Heli
Heli lama sabacthanil' than ist erreckit: got min, got 435
min, ziu forlieni th mih} Sume uuarliho thar stantente
inti gihorente quadun: Heliase ruo t thesér.
208. E After thiu uuesta ther heilant than thiu allu i
gientotu uuarun, than thuruhfremit uurdi than giscrib,
Mark xv. Matt. xxvii. 43, 44.

1
Luke xxiii. 39-43. John

3
32.
xix. 25-27. Deinde dicit discipulo: accepit eam discipulus in sun.
5
Matt. xxvii. 45-47. John xix. 28, 29.

"
a
TA TIAN r09
quad: ih thurstu.
Fan uuas thar gisezzit fol enniches, 44o
inti sliumo liof ein fon in, intfagana spunga fulta sia
enniches inti sazta anan rota inti gab imo trinkan.
'Thode int eng ther heilant then ennih, quad: gientot
ist. Thie andre quadun : 1an ni, gisehémés, oba come
Helias losenti inan. Ther heilant abur ruofenti mihileru 445
'
stemmu : fater in thine henti biviluhu ih minan geist l
inti nidar gihelditemo houbite 'santa then geist.

209. Sénu aha lahan thes tempales zislinnan uuas in
zuei teil fon obanentic zunzan nidar. Inti erda giruorit
uuas, inti steina gislinane uuarun, inti grebir uurdun 45o
giofanotu. Inti manage lihamon heilagero, thie dar
sliefun, erstuontun. Inti zgangenti fon grebiron after
iro urresti quamun in thia heilag n burc inti erougtun
sih managén.
210. Ther hunteri inti thie mit imo uuarun bihaltenti 455
then heilant, gisehenemo erdgiruomessi inti thén dar
uuarun, forhtun in thrato, "got diurisonti inti quedenti:
thesér man rehtliho ist uuarliho gotes sun.
' Inti al iro
menigi thie dar saman unarun zi thesemo uuabarsiune
inti gisahun thiu dar uuarun, slahenti iro brusti uuidar- 46o
uurbun fer inti ° thiu dar init imo saman
; managu uuib,
fstigun fon Galileu zi Hierusalem, '1
untar thén uuas
Maria Magdalenisgu inti Maria Jacobes "thes minneren
inti Josebes muoter inti Salome, 1 muoter kindo Zebe
theen, mit diu her uuas in Galileu, folgétun imo 1 thisu 465
gisehenti.
Matt. xxvii. 48. 9
john xix. 3o. Matt. xxvii. 49.
4
Luke
"
Luke xxiii. 47;
xxiii. 46. John xix. 3o. Matt. xxvii. 50-54.
Mark xv. 39. ' Luke xxiii. 48. ' Matt. xxvii. 55.
'°
Mark xv. 4L
. Matt. xxvii. 56. I Mark xv.
4r.
1
Matt. xxvii. 56. Luke
xxiii. 49.
2n. 1Judei uuarlicho, uuantan friietag uuas, than ni

bilibin in themo crice thie lihamon in sambantag (uuas
giuuesso mihil ther sambantag), batun Pilatum, than sie
brachin iro gibeiniu, inti uurdin thana ginomane. Quamun 47o
thie kempfon inti thes éristen giuuesso brahun gibeinu,
in thes andres thie dar mit imo erhangan uuas. Tho sie
zi themo heilante quamun, sose inan gisahun i totan, ni
brachun sinu gibeinu. Oh ein thero kemphono mit speru
sina sita giofanota, inti sliumo r'ingieng bluot inti uuannar. 475
Than giscrib uuari gifullit : bein ni brehet ir fon imo.
Abur ander giscrib quidit: gisahun in thende sie anastahun.
15. ST. MATTHEW.
Matt. xii. 31-50, xiii. I.
a.
62, 8 12. Bithiu quidu ih iu: iogiuuelih sunta inti
bismarunga uuirdit furlannan mannun, thes geistes bis
marunga ni uuirdit furlanan. Inti so uuer so quidit uuort 480
uuidar then mannes sun, uuirdit imo furlinan; thie thir
quidit uuidar themo heilagen geiste, ni uuirdit imo
furlanan noh in therro uuerolti noh in thero zuouuart n.
Odo tuot guotan boum inti sinan uuahsmon guotan, odo
tuot ubilan boum inti sinan uuahsmon ubilan, giuuesso 485
fon themo uuahsmen thie boum uuirdit furstantan. Barn
natrono, vvuo mugut ir guotu sprehhan, mit thiu ir ubile
birut? Fon ginuhtsami thes herzen sprihhit thie mund.
Guot man fon guotemo tresouue bringit guotu inti ubil
man fon ubilemo tresouue bringit ubilu. Ih quidu iu, than 490
iogiuuelih uuort unnuzzi, than man sprehhenti sint, geltent
reda fon themo in tuomes tage. Fon thinén uuorton uuir
girehfestigot inti fon thinén uuorton uuirdist
distr'i for
nidarit.
1
John xix. 31-57. ut scriptura impleatur.
TA TIAN 1 1 r
57. Tho antlingitun imo sume fon thén buohharin inti 495
Phariseis quedante: meistar, uuir uuollen fon thir
zeichan gisehan. Tho antlinginti quad in: ubil cunni
inti furlegan suohhit zeihhan, inti zeihhan ni uuirdit imo
gigeban, nibi zeihhan Jonases thes uuinagen. Soso uuas
Jonas in thes uuales uuambu thri tagi inti thriio naht, so 500
ist mannes sun in herzen erdu thri taga inti thriio naht.
Thie Nineviscun man arstantent in tuome mit thesemo
cunne inti furniderent uuanta sie riuua tatun in pre
in,
digungu Jonases, sénu hier ist méra thanne Jonas!

Sundirinu cuningin arstentit in tuome mit thesemo cunne 505
inti furnidirit
in,
uuanta siu quam fon ente erdu
zi
horenne spahida Salamones, sénu hier ist méra thanne
Salamonl Ih quidu in, uuanta manage quamun fon ente
erdirn horen spahida Salamones, inti bithiu hier ist méra
Salamone. Thanne thie uns biro geist ngét fon themo 5w
manne, gengit thuruh thurro steti, suohhit resti inti ni
ndit. Thanne quidit: ih uuirbu in min h s thanan ih
\ingieng, inti quementi ndit zuomigan mit besemen
gifurbit inti gigaruuit. inti nimit sibun
Thanne ferit
geista andere mit imo uuirsiron thanne her si, inti in- 515
gangente artont thar, inti sint thanne thie iungistun thes
mannes uuirsirun thén érirun. So ist thesemo cunne
themo uuirsisten.
Imo noh thanne sprehhentemo thén menigin,
zi
59.
sénu sin muoter inti sine bruoder stuontun ne, suohtun 520
inan Tho
quad imo sum: sénu thin
zi
gisprehhanne.
muoter inti thine bruoder stantent one suohhente thih.
Her tho antlinginti imo sus quedantemo quad: uuie ist
min muoter inti uuie sint mine bruoder Thenita Sim
'
?
hant in sine iungiron inti quad: sénu min muoter inti 525
1' I2 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER
mine bruoderl so uuer so tuot uuillon mines fater ther

in himile ist, ther ist min bruoder inti suester inti muoter.
7o, 2. Inti ngangenti fon themo h se san nah themo
séuue.
6. Matt. xiii. 41-53.
76, 5. Sentit thie mannes sun sine engila, inti arlesent 53o
fon sinemo rihhe allu asuih inti thie thar tuont unreht inti
sentent sie in ovan ures, thar ist vvuoft inti stridunga
zeno. Thanne rehte skinent samasc') sunna in rihhe iro
fater. Thie thar habé orun thie bore.
77. Gilih ist rihhi himilo treseuue giborganemo in 535
accare, than thie in ndit man gibirgit inti bi gifehen sines

gengit inti furcou t ellu thiu her habét inti cou t accar
then. Abur gilih ist rihhi himilo manne suohhentemo
guote merigriona. Fundanemo thanne einemo diuremo
merigrione gieng inti furcoufta ellu thiu her habéta inti 54o
coufta then. Abur gilih ist rihhi himilo seginu giuuor
phaneru in s60 inti fon allemo cunne sgo gisamam'mtero.
Thiu mit diu gifullit uuas nnemente inti bi stedu sizente
arlasun thie guoton in fan, thie ubilon avvurphun. $o
uuirdit in fullidu uuerolti;
ngangent engila inti arskeident 545
ubile fon mittemen rehtero inti sentent sie in ovan ures,
thar uuirdit vvuoft inti clafunga zenio. Furstuontut ir
thisu elliu ? Quadun sie imo: i5. Quad her in:
bithiu giuuelih buohhari gilértér in rihhe himilo gilih ist
manne fatere hiuuiskes thie thar frambringit fon sinemo 5 5o
treseuue nivvu inti altiu.

78, 1. Uuard tho, tho gifulta ther heilant theso ratissa,
fuor thana.
TA TIAN r r3
c. Matt. xxii. 1-3.

n4, 7. T he 'antlinginti ther heilant quad in abur in
ratissun: 555
r25. Gilih ist gitan himilo rihhi manne cuninge thie

teta br tloufti sinemo sune inti gzholéta manage. Zi
thero ziti thero goumu santa sine scalca zi halonne thie
giladotun zi thero br tloufti, inti sie ni uuoltun quemen.
Abur santa her andere scalca sus quedanti : quedet thén 560
giladotun: séno min tagamuos garuuita ih, mine ferri
inti paston sint arslaganu inti allu garuuu: quemet zi
thero briitloufti. Sie the furgoumolosotun in inti fuorun
ander in sin thorph, ander zi sinemo coufe. Thie andere
gi engun sine scalca inti mit harmu giuueigite arsluogun. 565
Thie cuning tho, mit thiu her than gihorta, arbalg sih inti
gisantén sinén herin furlos thie manslagoninti iro burg
bibranta. Tho quad her sinén scalcun: thio briitloufti
sint garuuo, ouh thie thar giladote uuarun ni uuarun
uuirdige. Faret zi ngange uuego, in strand inti in 570
thorph intz in burgz', inti so uuelihe ir ndet, tizar ige
inti uuanahez'le inti blinte inti
giladot zi thero
halae,
br tloufti.' Giengun tho n sine scalca in uueg'a inti
samanotun alle thie sie fundun, ubile inti guote, inti
gifulto uuarun thio britlofti sizentero. Gieng the in ther 575
cuning, than her gisahi thie sizentun, inti gisah thar man
ungiuuatitan br tlouftlihhemo giuuate. Inti quad imo:
friunt, vvuo giengi thir hera in
giuuatini habénti
br tlouftlih? Tho quad ther cuning thén ambahton:
gibuntanén sinén fuonin inti hentin sentet in in thiu 58o
norostun nstarnessu, thar ist vvuoft inti stridunga zeno.

Manage sint giladote, fohe gicorane.
1
Luke xiv. :6, r7. 2
Luke xiv. 21.
vlx1orrr I
I I4 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER
d. Matt. xxiii. 16 24.

141, I4. Uuo quedet: so uuer
iu, blinte leitida, thiede
so suerit bi themo temple [ther] nist niouuiht; therde
suerit in gold temples, scal. Dumbe inti blinte, uuedar 585
ist méra, than gold oda templum than dar heilagot gold?
Inti so uuer so suerit in alttere, niouuiht ist ; so uuer so
suerit in theru gebu, then dar ubar than ist, scal. Blinte,
uuedar ist méra, thiu geba odo ther altteri therde giheila
got thia geba? Thiede suerit in themo alttere ther suerit 590
in themo inti in allén thiu thar ubar imo sint; inti thie
dar suerit in themo temple suerit in imo inti in themo
thie dar artot in imo; therde suerit in himile ther suerit
in gotes sedale inti in themo therde sizit obar than. Uué
iu scriberin inti Pharisei lichezera, ir de dezemot minz n 595
inti dilli inti cumin 1 inti rzit n im'i zbgzieaelz'eho uurei, inti
forlienut thiu dar hevigerun sint éuua, duom inti miltida
inti treuuua inti gotes minna. Thisiu gilampf zi tuonne
inti thiu ni zi forlannanne. Leitidon blintero, sihenti
mucgiin, olbent n suelgenti. 600
e. Matt. xxiii. 28-35.

141, so it nnana giuuesso erouget iuuuih mannon
2 3.
rehte, innana. birut ir folle lichezennes inti unrehtes.

Uué iu scriberin inti Pharisein, lichezera, bithiu uuanta ir
zimbrot grebir uuinnagono inti garauuet grebir rehtero
inti quedet: oba uuir uuarin in tagon unsero fatero, ni 605
uuarimés iro ginonna in bluote thero uuinnagono. Ir
birut urcundon selbon, bithiu ir iro kind birut thie dar
uuinagon sluogun; inti ir gifullet men iuuuero fatero.
Berd natrono, vvuo iohet ir fon duome helliuuinnes?
1
Luke xi. 49.
TATIAN n5
Billn'u quad thiu gotcunda rpa'lu'da : ilz sentu 21' in uuig- 610
gagon inti boton inti spahe inti scribera, fon thén slahet
ir inti hahet inti fon thén llet ir in iuuuerén samanungon
inti ahtet fon burgi zi burgi, than queme ubar iuuuih
iogiuuelih bluot rehtan than ergonnan uuard ubar erda, fon
bluote thes rehten Abel io unzan bluot Zachariases thes 615
Barachiases sunes, then ir sluogut untar themo temple
inti themo altere.
f Matt. xxiv. 29-35.

145, 19. Sliumo after arbeiti thero tago sunna uuirdit
bi nstrit, inti mano ni gibit sin lioht, inti sterron fallent
fon himile, inti megin himilo sint giruorit; inti thanne 6:0
erougit sih zeichan thes mannes sunes in himile, inti
thanne vvuo t sih allu erdcunnu; inti gisehent mannes
sun comentan in himiles uuolkanon mit managemo megine
inti mihilnesse. Thanne sentit sine engila mit trumb n
inti mihileru stemmu, inti gisamanont sine gicoranon fon 625
or uuinton, fon hohi himilo i0 unz iro enti.
146, 1. Fon boume figfmo lemét gilihnessi. Mit diu
i sin zuelga muruuui uuirdit inti bletir
giboraniu ,
ir,
uuinnit than iu nah ist sumar. So mit diu

ir
gisehet
thisu alliu uuesan, uuinnit than her nah ist in duron.650
Uuar quidih iu, bithiu uuanta ni vorferit thiz cunni Er
thanne alliu thisu uuerdent. Himil inti erda farent, minu
uuort ni vorfarent.
g. Matt. xxviii. 16 20.

241. Einlif iungoron
giengun in Galileam in then berg
thar in ther heilant gimarcota, inti gisehenti inan betotun 635
inan, sume giuuesso zuuéhotun.
Luke xi. 49.

1
2
I
II6 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER
242. Inti sprah in zuo quedenti: gigeban ist al giuualt

mir in himile inti in erdu. GEt in alla uueralt, praedigot
evangelium allera giscefti inti léret alle thiota, toufenti sic
in namen fater inti sunes inti thes heilagen geistes, léret 64o
sie zi bihaltanne alliu so uuelichiu si ih iu gibot. Inti
sénu ih bin mit iu allén tagon unzan enti uueralti.
16. Matt. vi. 9-13.

34, 6-Fater unser, th thar bist in himile, si giheilagot
thin namo, queme thin rihhi, si thin uuillo, so her in himile
ist, so si her in erdu, unsar brot tagalihhan gib uns hiutu, 645
inti furlan uns unsara sculdi, so uuir furlanemés unsarén
sculdigon, inti ni gileitést unsih in costunga, nouh arlosi
unsih fon ubile.
II
PBALMS
From the fragments of a translation of the Psalms, in the Alemanic
dialect of the ninth century. The manuscript, now consisting of three
leava only, was rst published by Schmeller in Steichele s Beitra'gen zur
Gesebichte des Birthum: Augsburg, and then later also in the Ger-mania,
ii. 98-405.
1. Ps. cxvi.
Ih minnrita, pidiu kehorta truhtin stimma des kebetes
mines. 2. Danta kineicta ora sinan mir, inti in tagon
minén kinemmu dih. 3. Umbiselitc'm mih seher des
todes, zaala dera hella funtun mih. 4. Arabeit inti seher
fand, inti namon truhtines kinamta. Uuolago truhtin,
5. 5
erlosi séla mina. kenadigér truhtin inti rehtér, inti got

unsét ken'adit. 6. Kehaltanti luzcila truhtin: kedémuatér
pz m inti arlosta mih. 7. Uuerbi, séla mina, in resti dina,
Mark xvi. r5.

PSA LMS
r17
danta truhtin uuolateta dir. 8. Danta erlosta séla mina
fona tode, ougun miniu fona
zaharim, fuoane mine fona 1°
slippe.
2. Ps. cxxiv.
Unnan dan truhtin uuas in uns, quede n12 Israhel:
nnan dazz truhtin uuas in uns, 2. denne arisant in unsih,
odouuila lebénte farslintant unsih; denne
arbolgan ist
heinmuotiiro in unsih, 3. odouuila uuanner pisaufta unsih.
15
4. Leuuinmin durahfuor
séla unseriu: odouuila durahfuor
séla unseriu
uuanner unfardraganlih. 5. Kiuuihtér truhtin
der ni kap unsih in
kefangida cenim iro. 6. Séla
unseriu soso sparo kecriftiu ist
fona seide uueidenontero:
seid
farmulitan ist, inti uuer erlosta pirumés. 7. Zuo 20
helpha unseriu in namin truhtines, der teta
himil inti herda.
3. Ps. cxxx.
Fona tiu ém heréta truhtin.
dih,
ce 2. Truhtin,
kehori stimma mina. sin orun diniu anauuarténtiu in
stimma des kebetes mines. 3. Ubiunreht
pihaltis,truhtin,
uuer kestat im? 4. Danta mittih
kenada ist, duruh a5
uuinnud tinan fardolata dih, truhtin; fardolata séla miniu
in uuorte sinemo, 5. uuanta séla miniu in truhtine.
6. Fona pzhaltidu
morganlihero unzin ce naht uuane
Israhel in truhtine. 7. Danta mit truhtinan kinada inti
kinuhtsamiu mit inan
erlosida. 8. Inti her erlosit 30
Israhelan fona allon unrehtén sinén.
III
81'. EMMERAMER GEZBE'I',
written in the Bavarian dialect of the ninth century.
Trohtin, dir uuirdu ih pigihtik allero minero suntono
enti missatateo, alles deih eo
missasprah edo missateta
aedo missadahta, uuorto, enti uuercho enti kadanccho, des

ih kyhukkiu aedo ni kihukku, des ih uuinz,anto kiteta aedo
unuuinnanto, notac aedo unnotac, sla 'anto ado uuahénto :
meinsuuarteo enti lukino, kyridono enti unrehtero zus

heito, huorono so uué so ih so kiteta, enti unrehtero
rinlusteo in muose enti in tranche enti in unrehtemo
slaffe ; dan d mir, trohtin, kanist enti kanada farkip enti
ih fora dinén augon unscamanti enti dan ih in
si,
dan IO
derru uueroltti minero suntono riu n enti harmscara
hapan moni. soliho so dino miltida sin, alles uualtenteo
trohtin, kot almahtigo, kauuerdo mir helfan enti kauuerdo
mir farkepan kanist enti kanada in dinemo rihe.
Kot almahtigo, kauuerdo mir helfan enti kauuinnida 15
mir furistentida gaotan uuillun saman mit rehtén
i5.
ia
galaupon mir fargepan za dinemo dionoste. trohtin, d

in desa uueralt quami suntige za ganerienne, kauuerdo
mih cahaltan enti kanerien. Christ, cotes sun, uuiho
uuellés enti dino canada sin, tuo mih
pi
trohtin, soso d 30
suntigun unuuirdigun scalh dinan, uuiho truhtin,

enti
kanadigo got, kauuerdo mir helfan suntikemo enti farta
nemo dinemo scalhe uuanentemo dinero kanadono.
enstigo enti milteo trohtin, d eino uueist uueo mino
durfti sint: in dino kanada enti in dino miltida, uuiho 25
truhtin, min herza minan

i5
minan cadanc
i5.
pi lhu
uuillun minan lip i5. miniu uuort
i5.
minan mot
ia
i5.
miniu uuerh. leisti, uuiho tmhtin, dino kanada in mir

suntigin enti unuuirdigin scalhe dinemo: kauuerdo mih
canerien fona allemo upile. 30
OTFRID 119
IV
O'I FBID
There is hardly a poet in the Old or Middle High German literature
who at the same time is so well known, and
yet so unknown as Otfrid.
Almost all biographical works from Trithemius up to modern times,
the annals of the Benedictine Order, the histories of many monasteries,
the Chronicles of Elsass, &c., all mention the celebrated monachus
Wizanburgensis, and tell us much about his knowledge and talents, but
we learn from all these sources scarcely more than we are able to
gather from his own work.
So much
is,
however, certain, that he was pupil of the renowned
a
Fulda abbot Rhabanus Maurus: A Rhabano Mauro, says he in his
letter to Archbishop Liutbert of Mainz, educata parnm mea
parvitss
est. It also quite certain from his letter to the two St. Gallen monks,
is
Hartmuat and Werinbert, that at later period he lived in the monastery

a
at Weissenburg in Elsass, where he also wrote, about

870 A.D., his
Evangelienbuch or Evangelienharmonie, containing the Vita et passio
Christi in the Rhenish ranconian dialect, and dedicated the work to
F
the Emperor Ludwig.

The exact dates of the poet's birth and death are unknown. It has
been shown with great probability that Otfrid's native place was some
where in the Speiergau on the Middle Rhine. And with this assumption
also agrees the fact that Otfrid always speaks of himself as being
5.
Frank, and designates his language as ranconian.
F
The whole work divided into ve books. Otfrid himself seems to

is
have felt that might seem strange why his poem was divided into ve
it
books since there were only four Gospels; and he therefore expresses
the reason of this division in the
following words :- ' Hos in quinque
ideo distinxi, says he, quia eorum qnadrata aequalitas sancta nostrorum
quinque sensnum inaeqnalitatem omat, et super ua in nobis quaeque
non solum actuum verum etiam cogitationum vertunt in elevationem
caelestium. From this follows that Otfrid s poem by no means to
it
is
be regarded as a mere translation of the four Gospels, and that Otfrid

sought to furnish anything but translation. It was rather his intention
a
to give an account of the life and teaching of Christ, based partly on

the Gospels, but partly also on other sources, the most important of
which were :
(I) Rhabanus Maurus: Expositio in Matthaeum, for the Gospel of

St. Matthew.
(2) Beda: Expositio in Lucam, for the Gospel of St. Luke.
(3) Alcuin : Commentaria super Iohannem, for the Gospel of St. John.
De divinis o iciis, for the rst chapter of Book V. De de sanctne
et individuae trinitatis, for the twenty-third chapter of Book V.
(4) The works of Pope Gregory and St. Augustine.
A very handy edition of the poem is by O. Erdmann, Halle, 1882.
In the following extracts Otfrid's stress accents have been retained, but
for practical reasons I have thought it advisable to mark the long vowels
of stem syllables.
LIBER EVANGELIORUM PRIMUS.

4. I. Cur scriptor hunc librum theotisce dictaverit.
Vuas lluto lu in in managemo égaleine,

ine,
sie than in scrip gicleiptin, than sie iro némon breit
tin;
Sie thés in io gilicho innun gt'rallicho,
in bt'lachon man giméinti thio iro chlianheiti.
Tharéna datum sie ouh than dliam: éugdun iro uuis
duam, 5
éugdun iro cléini in thes tihtonnes reini.

In ist é1 thuruh not so kléino girédinot,
in dt'mkal eigun ft'mtan, zisémane giblintan,

Sie ouh in thiu gisagetin, than then thio bliah nir-'
smahetin,
ioh uuél er sih firuuésti, then lésan in gillisti. IO
Zi thiu még man ouh ginoto ménagero thioto
hiar némon no gizéllen ioh sl'mtar ginénnen.
Sar Kriachi ioh Romani méchont so gizami,
izz
méchont sie so thih es uuola ltistit;

al
girlistit,
in
Sie méchont so réhtan ioh so ft'lu sléhtan, 15

in
in éin
al
ist giftiagit selp so hélphantes béin.

irz
0 TFRID r 2 1
Thie dali man giscribe theist mannes llist zi libe;

nim géuma thera dihtta, hlirsgit thina dréhta.
thar,
Ist in présun slihti, than drénkit thih in rihti;
odo métres kléini, theist géuma lu réini. ao
Sie dlient in lu sliani, ioh ménent sie thie iazi,
thie léngi ioh thie luirti, thein gillistlichan vulirti.
Eigun sie in bithénkit, than sfllaba in ni uuénkit,
sies élles uuio ni rliachent, ni so thie fliani suachent.
Ioh éllo thio ziti so zéltun sie bi noti ; :5
in mfait ana baga al io slilih uuaga.
Yr irbent sie in réino ioh hérto lu kléino,
selb so mén thuruh not sinan kém reinot.
Ouh selbun biiah frono irréinont sie so scc mo:
thar lisist scona gilust ana theheiniga akust. 30
Ni es f u manno inthihit, in sina zungun scribit,
ioh ilit, er gigahe, than sinan io gihéhe:
Uuénana sculun Fréncon éinon than biuuénkon,
ni sie in frénkisgon biginnen, sie gotes 1éb singen?
Nist si so gis1ingan, mit régulu bithliungan, 35
si hébet thoh thia rihti in scéneru slfhtti.
Ili d zi note, thein scono thoh gil1-rte,
ioh gétes uuiz,od thénne tharéna scono hélle ;
Thén tharana slnge, in scono man ginenne;

in themo rsténtnisse uuir gihéltan sin giuuisse. 4o
Than lin thir uuesan st'lani: so ménent is thie fliaai:

zitioh thiu régula so ist gétes selbes brédiga.
Vuil th thes uuola dréhton, th métar uuolles éhton,
in thina zungun uuirken dliam, ioh sconu uérs
uuolles dlian :
il i0 gétes uuillen éllo ziti ir illen: 45
so scribent gétes thegana in frénkisgon thie reguln.

I22 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER
In gétes gibotes sliani géngan thine fl'lani,

15rz
ni 15n thir zit thes ing n: theist sconi férs sar
gid n.
Dihtc) i0 than zi néti theso séhs ziti,
than th thih so ginistes, in theru sibuntun giréstes. 50
Thaa Kristes uuort uns ségetun, ioh dr ta sine uns
zélitun,
bifora lanu ih in {11. ih bi réhtemen scal;
so
Uuénta sie gislingun hérto in édilzungun,
irz
mit géte allan riatun, in uuérkon ouh giziartun.

in
Theist sliani ioh ouh mizzi, inti lérit unsih uuizzi, 55

himilis gimécha: bi thiu ist than énder racha
Ziu sculun rénkon, so ih quéd, thiu éinen uuesan
F
zi
l'mgimah,
thie liutes uuiht ni duéltun, thie uuir hiar éba
zaltun?
Sie sint so séma chuani sélb so thie Rom ni,
ni thérf man than ouh rédinon, than Kriachi in thes
giuuidaron. 6o
Sie éigun in mizzi so sémalicho uuizzi,

zi
(in félde ioh in uuélde so sint sie séma balde),

Rihiduam ginliagi, ioh sint ouh fIlu kuani,
uu fane snelle so sint thie thégana. alle.
zi
Sie b ent mit gizlugon, ioh uuarun i0 thes giuuén,

65
in gliatemo lénte: bi thiu sint siz; linscante.

ist f u feinit, hérto ist
In
giuuéinit
in
mit ménagfalten éhtin: nist bi unsen fréhtin.

ér in
Zi mizze grébit man ouh thir inti kl'lphar,

ioh bi thia meina {sine steina 7°
;
Ouh thérazua fliagi 's abar gimiagi,

ioh lésent thin in lénte géld in iro sante.
OTFRID 123
Sie sint f stmuate zi ménagemo guate,

zi ménageru mizzi: than dlient in iro uuizzi.
Sie sint f u redie sih anton zirrettinne; 75
ni gidlirrun sies biginnan: sie éigun s¢ ubaruuinnan.
Liut sih in nint 'iarit, than iro lént ruarit,
ni si bi iro gliati in thionon io zi noti:
Ioh ménnisgon ther sé in ni untarfélle
Alle,
a1 éigun se iro forahta.
(ih uuein, in gét uuorahta), 8o
Nist liut than es biginne, than uuidar In ringe:

in éigun sie in nnéinit, mit uu fanon gizéinit.
Sie lértun si¢ mit suuérton, nélas mit thén uuérton,
i7z
mit spéron lu uuésso: bi thiu férahten sie se néh so.

Ni thiot, in thin mit in fehte,
si
thes gidréhte, 85
izz
thazz
thoh Médi sin ioh Pérsi, mib in es thi uuirsi.
in
Lés ih in in alauuir in einen bniachon, ih uuein uu r,

sie in slbbu ioh in éhtu sin Alexéndres slahtu,
Ther uuérolti so githréuuita, mit suértu
al
sia. gistré
uuita
\intar sinen hénton mit f u herten bénton. 90
Ioh find in theru rédinu, thén fon Macedéniu
ther liut in giblirti giscéidiner uulirti.
Nist untar in than thlilte, than klining iro uuélte,
in uuérolti nihéine, ni thie zugun héime;
si
si
Odo in érdringe énder thes biginne 95

in thihéinigemo thiete, than ubar sie gibiete.
Thes éigun sie i0 m'lzzi in snélli ioh in uuizzi:
intr tent sie nihéinan unz s¢ inan gigun héilan.
ni
Er ist gizél ubarél so édilthegan skél,

i0
uuiser inti kliani: thero éigun sie 10 gimiagi. loo

Uuéltit er githiuto ménagero liuto,
ioh zluhit er se réine selb so sine heime.
Ni sint thie imo ouh derien, in thin nan Frénkon

uuerien,
thie snélli sine irbiten, than sie nan umbiriten.
Uuanta éllan than sies thénkent, sie is al mit géte
uuirkent, 105
ni dlient sies uuiht in noti ana sin girati.

Sie sint gétes uuorto inig lu hérto,
mén sie than gilérnen, than in thia bliah zellen;
Thain sie thes biginnen, in nana gisingen,
ioh sie in ouh ir illen mit mihilemo uulllen. no
Gidan ist es n rédina, than sie sint gliate thegana,
ouh géte thiononti élle ioh uuisduames folle.
N1 : uuill ih scriban unser héil, éuangéliono deil,
so uuir n hiar biglinnun, in frénkisga zungun,
Than sie ni uuesen éino thes selben adeilo, n5
ni man in iro gizungi Kristes 1éb sungi,
Ioh er ouh iro uuorto gilébot uuerde hérto,
ther sie zlmo holeta, zi giléubon sinen lédota.
Ist ther in iro lante in élles uuio nintsténte,
in énder gizlingi rnéman in ni klinni: 120
Hiar hor er io zi gl'rate, uuan gét imo giblete,

than uuir imo hiar gislingun in frénkisga zlingun.
N fréuuen sih es élle so uuer so uuéla uuolle,
ioh so uuér si hold in mliate Frénkono thiote,
Than uuir Kriste sungun in linsera zungun, 125
ioh uuir ouh than gilébetun, in frénkisgon nan
lébotun.
XVII. De stella et adventu magorum.
Nist mén nihein in uuérolti, thazz séman al irségeti,

uuio manag vut'mtar vuurti zi theru drlihtines giblifti
OTFRJD Ia5
Bi thiu than ih irduélta, thar férna ni gizélta,
scél ih mit uu len m : s man hiar irzéllen.
izz
13o
Tho dnihtin Krist gibéran uuard (thes méra ih ségen
n ni thérl'),
thanblidi uuérolt uuurti theru siligun giblirti,
Than ouh gid n uuurti, in éuuon ni rvuiirti
si
uués iru anan hénti, dét es druhtin énti):
(in
thc')
Tho quamun éstana in than lént thie irkantun slinnun

fart, 135
stérrono ginisti: than uu run iro listi.
Sie éiscotun thes kindes sario thés sinthes,
ioh klindtun ouh tho miri, than er ther klining uuari
;
Uuarun fr genti, uu r er gibéran uuurti,
ioh b tun i0 néti, man in
zi
zéigc'ni.
in
14o
Sie zaltun séltsani ioh zéichan lu uuahi,
um'mtar lu hébigan (uuanta. Er ni hérta man than.
Than io fon mégadburti man gibéran vuurti)
inti ouh zéichan sin scénan in himile so scinan;
Ségetun than sie g' hun stérron einan sahun, 145
ioh d tun lu miri, thewj er sin uuari:
Uuir thoh uuir theta. blirgi irron,
s hun sinan stérron,
ioh qu mun, than uuir bétotin, gin da sino thigitin.
Ostar lu férro so scéin uns ouh ther stérro;
ist iaman hiar in lénte es iauuiht thoh rsténte? 15o
Gistirri zéltun uuir i0, i0:
ér
ni sahun uuir nan

bithiu birun uuir n giéinot, er niuuan klining zei
not.
8o scn'bun uns in lénte man in uuérolti alte;
uns ouh gizéllet, uuio iuuo buah singent.
ir
than
1:n
$6 thisu uuort tho g hun then kl'ming ana qu mun, 155
hintarquam er hérto thero sélbero uuorto,

Ioh ménniliches héubit uuérd es thar gidrliabit:

gihértun lingerno than uuir n nianen gérno.
Thie bliacharzg. ouh tho th re gisémanota} er sare,
sie uuas er fr genti, uuar Krist giboran uurti; 160
Er sprah zen éuuarton sélben thesen uuérton.

gab érmer ioh ther richo éntuurti gilicho,
Thia burg néntun se sir, in féstin détun élauuar
mit uuérton thén ér thie éltun férasagon zéltun.
Sc ) er giuuisso thar bifénd, uuar drlihtin Krist gibéran
. uuard, I65
thaht er sir in fésti mihilo linkusti.
Zi imo er ouh tho lédota thie uuisun man thgih ségeta,
mit in gistuant er thingon ioh lu h lingon.
Thia zit éiscota er fon in, so ther stén'o giuuon uuas
quéman zi in,
bat sie in ouh biniahtin, bi than selba kind irsliahtin. 17o
Gidliet mih, quad er, énauuart bi thes stérren fart,
so féret, eiscot thire bi than kind sire.
Sin éiscot iolicho ioh lu giuuiralicho,
sliumo duet ouh thénne inmir zi uuinnanne.
Ih uu lu faran béton nan (so riet mir lu ménag
man), 175
ih tharzl'la githinge,
than ioh imo ouh géba bringe.
Léug thér uuénego mén: er uuénkota thar lu frém;
er uuélta nan irthliesben ioh uns thia fnima irlesgen.
Than imbot sie gihértun ioh iro férti iltun;
yrscéin in sar tho férro ther séltsano sterro. 180
Sie blidtun sih es gahun sir sie nan gisahun,
ioh lu fréuualicho sin uuértetun gilicho.
Léit er sie tho scéno thar uuas than kind fron0,
mit sineru ferti uuas er in zéigonti.
O TFRID r a7
Than h s sie tho gisahun ioh sar thara in quamun, r85

thar uuas ther slin guater mit sineru muater.
Fialun sie tho frémhald (thes guates uuarun sie béld),
than kind sie thar tho bétotun ioh hlildi sino thigitun.
Indatun sie tho thare thazz iro dréso sare,
rehtes sie githahtun, than sie imo géba brahtun: rgo
Myrrun inti uuirouh ioh gold scinantan ouh,
géba lu mara: sie sliahtun sine uuara.
(Book IV.) XV. Consolatur discipulos de morte eius.
Drést er sie tho uuérto sines téthes harto,

ér in zi thiu uurti: es uuarun in tho thlirfti.
Ni si'un, quad er, smérza, ni riane éuh iuer hérza, 195
in got giléubet ioh in mih, giuulsso theist gillimplih.
Mines fater h s ist bréit, uuard uuéla then thara Ingeit,
ther sih thés muazz fréuuon ioh Innana biscéuuon.
Thar ist in élauuari ménagfalt gilari
(hligget therero uuérto) ioh selida ménagfalto. zoo
Uuarin éllesuuar in uu r, sliumo ségeti ih iu in sir,

uuérgin tharr, gizami, so ih iuih i; ni hali,
Ih faru garauuen iu sir fronisgo iu stat thar,
ir,
thés ni missedniet, mit mir thar iamer bt ret,

Than, thar min géginuuerti Ist, siiamer iuer nfahuuist, :05
mina fart, thero ouh uueset
ir
thaa uuinit uuégo

énauuart.
Zi imo sprah tho Thémas, er ein thero éinlifo uuas:
thes uuéges ni birun uuir énauuart, ouh ni uulnun
thina fért;
'
Girihti unsih es élles, uuara th féran uuolles.

than uuara ioh spréh ouh imo
zi
zélv. er imo sar

slis in uuar: 2m
fh bin uueg réhtes ioh alles rédihaftes,

bin ouh lib inti uu r: bi thiu ni girrot ir thar.
Nist mén nihein, than ist uu r, ther quéme zi themo
féter sar,
thes iaman inan gibéite, i'h inan ni léite.
0b ir mih irkmiatit, ir sélbon than instliantit :15
ana lénglicha frist, uuiolih ouh min féter ist.
Quad tho Ph ippus iro éin (thiz selba uués imo untar
zuéin:
giloubt er 1'mredina, ther féter uuari flirira):
15n
Then faiter, druhtin, éinon, then unsih biscéuuon
(thin uuért sin é&0 givuliag), s6 ist uns élles ginuag. 220
Ném tho druhtin thénana thia selbun linredina;

uuant er in ébuh instliant, kert er mo éllesuuio
in
than mliat.
$o ménagfalto ziti mit iu bin hiar in uuérolti,
ih
mit mliatu mir ni m'ihet, ioh mih néh nirknahet.

ir
$o uuér so than iruuélle, then féter sehan uuélle, :25

thénne, than ni h uh thih, giuuaro scéuu er anan mih.
Thar sihit er than édili ioh sines selbes b idi
;
giuuisso séh er anan mih: min féter ist so sémalih.

Er zalt in éuh tho thir méist, uuio ther héilego géist
thie uuizzi in scolta méron mit sines selbes léron: 230
Nihéinemo ni bnisti, ni er alla fnima uuesti,
uu r inti gi'iat,
allan so sélben gotes géist duat.
Zélta in ouh in uuira uuéroltliuto fail-a,
érabeiti ménago, thio in tho uuarun gérauuo.
Lért er sie mit uuérton, uuie than rdrégan scoltun, 235
quad, a er théru thulti mémmunte in vulirti.
zi
in
Ir ni thlirfut, quad, bi thiu: fridu l nu ih mit iu,

mémmunti ginliagan, drof ni sliorget bi thénl
01mm 129
Ni l nu ih iuih uuéison: ih iuer éuur uuison,

gidréstu ih iuih scioro mit fréuuidu alazioro. :40
Ir birut, than nist umintar, friunta mine s1'mtar,
dr ta mine in élauuir, zi thiu s6 kés ih iuih sir.
Theist gibét minan zi iu: ir iuih mlnnot untar in,
ioh iagilih thes thénke, thero minnono ni uuénke.
fn tho druhtin zélita, uuant ér se selbo uuélita, 245
ménota sie thes néhtes ménagfaltes réhtes.
Er hébet in thar gizéltan drést ménagfaltan
fon sin sélbes gliati, so sliumo so er irstlianti.
Quad, afier théra fristi in niamer sin ni bn'lsti,
ioh sie iamer, s'ar thé§ umirti, uuirin mit givuiirti. 250
$o er se lérta thé in theta néht, 56 th thir thar
lésan maht,
gizéh se thar tho féllon sélbo in sinan uu lon.
Uf zi himile er tho séh ioh sélben gotes 1éb sprah ;
biféiah tho thie thégana in sines féter segana,

Thawt 61' mo sie gihl alti, unz er fon déthe irstuanti, :55
61' sie thanne sénti, in thionost sinan uuénti.
XX. Duxerunt eum ad Caipham ubi erat et Pilatus.
Tho léittun nan thie liuti thar uuas than héroti:

ther biscof Kéiphas uuas thir ioh ther hérizoho in
uu r.
Giang er sélbo ingegin themo pélinzhis:
\ 1n
their
zi
sie ni mliasun gan so frém themo héidinen man, :60

zi
Th6n sie in thén gizitin biuuéllane ni uulirtin,

mit réinidu gisémotin, thie c astoron giféhotin.
Sie uuiht thoh thes nintriatun, sie ménslahta riatun,
sie thes giuuliagin, sie Kristan irslliagin
ni
vmcu-r K
Sprah ther hérizoho zi in, s?) er ngigiang ingegin In: 265

uuelih niags-tab so frém zéllet ir in thesan mén?
Thes érgen uuillen hérti gab imo éntuuurti:
ob ér, quad, uuéla thahti, zi thisu er in ni brahti.
Ni flier er in thén liutin mit gronen méindatin,
uuir ouh thes ni thahtin, than uuir nan thir
brahtin. :70
Uu6rton tho gimiagen bigéndun sie nan rliegen,
thingon lu hébigen ioh slinton lu ménagen.
Quadun, sih bihiani, er gotes slin hiani,
iéh ouh dati mari, er iro klining uuari,
Zélle ouh in giuuissi, thén er selbo Krist si, 275
in thia béldida gigénge, then némon imo félge.
Quadun, er ni uuélti, than man zins gulti,
thie liuti furdir méra in thes kéiseres éra,
Ioh er thie liuti alle spliani zi giuuérre,
zi gronemo \irheine, in thin man nan
rlane: :80
Er es ér i0 niruuént, Er er éllan thiz lént
gidruabta harto in uuaru mit sines selbes léru ;
Nist thes giscéid noh giuuént, uuio er girrit than lént,
uuio er in éllan uuirrit ioh thesa uuérolt merrit.
Bigan er slisliches zi énte thesses riches, 285
mit thiu er than lént al ubargiang, unz man hiar
nan n gifiang.
Német inan, quad er, zi Iu ziu brahtut ir nan rm r
bi thiu ?
irdéilet imo thare, so uuinnod Iuer lére.

Findet ir thar élle, uuio er than réhta uuolle,
ir,
than gifrlimmet allan ist in klind, nales mir. 290

in
Than, quadun sie, in ni déhti, ouh uuésan than ni méhti,

uuanta in thio bliah luagin, than sie mén sluagin.
'
OTFRID 1
3!
Ther liut mit thiu bizeinta, than druhtin ér gimeinta,

than er sin lib scolta énton in héithinero hénton.
Thoh ségen ih in uuar min, sie uuarun ménslagon sin: :95
zi téthe sie nan brlingun mir uuéssidu iro zlingun.
XXI. Allocutio Pilati ad Christum in praetorio.
Giang Pilatus uuidari mit imo 111o in then sélari,

spréh mit imo léngo: er suérgeta thero thingo.
Zi érist frageta er bi than, than er es hérto sinsén:
gidua mih, quéd, n sario uuis, éba th iro
luining sis? 300
Bist zi thiu giuuihit, so thih ther lint zihit,
in themo uu len giangis, than richi so bi angis ?
Tho quad dnihtin: sége mir, sprichis slilih th fon dir,
odo éndere in thir ségetun ioh thir fon mir in zelitun?
Pilatus uuolta sliumo sit fon imo néman tho then
unan, 305
thén er thes ni uuanti, er in fon imo irthahti.

Thie liuti uuinun, quad, fon in, than ih Ilidaeo ni bin ;
thines selbes léntthiot gab thih mir in thesan nét.

Ther liut, ther thih mir irgab, zélta in thih then
rliagstab,
thie selbun zéltun alle mi'r thesa béldi fona thir. 310
Ob éuur than so uu r ist, than th iro klining n ni bist,
bi hiu ist than sie thih namun. sus héftan mir irgabun?
Thir zéllu ih, quad er, thénana: rihi min nist hinana,
in nist, soso ih thir réchon, fon thesen uuéroltsachon.
Ob in uuari hlnana, gi inin mine thégana 515
mit iro klianheiti, min fiant sus ni uufalti

Ioh in thérera néti mih sus ni héntoloti;
mit théganheiti sitotin, than sie mih in irretitin.
x z
Ih duan es éuur redina, nist min richi hinana,

thanz ih mih ni biuuérie mit mines selbes hérie. 3:0
Tho spréh Pilatus éuur uuanta imo uuas in héinan,
than,
frageta {.uur noti bi sinan héroti.
$o uu r so si thin richi ioh thin gliallichi,
thoh bist zi élauuaru kl'zning, so ih gihéru ?
Th quis, quad er, theih klining bin: zi thiu quém

ih beta in uuérolt in 3:5
ioh uuard gibéran ouh zi thiu, theih suslih thi'ilti
untar iu,
Theih lirkundi sire gizélti fona uuire,
than ih ouh uuirlichu thing gibréitti in thesan
uuéroltring.
$o uuér so ist fona uuire, ther hérit mir i0 sire,
hérit er mit minnu' mines selbes stimnu. 330
Sage th mir, quad er sir, uuan th nénnes than uu r?
gidlia mih thes giuuissi, uuan si than uu rnissi.
XXII. Quomodo Pilatns voluit Christum dimittere pro Bamaba.
Giang er, so er thén giquad (ih uuein, es uuirdig ni uuard,

thén er than gihérti, uuan drlihtin thes giqu ti;
Uuane éuh bi thiu so g hti, thes schaheres githaihti, 335
mit uuéhselu er gisitoti, er selban Krist irrétiti),
Spréh er tho zen liutin, sie in élles uuio giriatin:
_ni fIndu ih, quad er, thesan mén in niheinen
séchon rdz m,
Ni bin ih ouh thes uuisi, oba er thes libes scolo si:
so yrsl'iaht ih inan thr to sines selbes d tO. 340
15. ist in in thesa ziti zi giuuénaheiti,
ih linar themo uuiqe iu einan héft rlane:
Nix éhtot, uuio ir uuéilet, ioh uuéderan ir iruuéllet,
OTFRID I 33
it Barabbésan nemet ziu, odo ir nir Krlst iruuellet iu.
Thanne uués imo auur thér skahari hébiger: 345
bi théro dato énton s6 lég er thar in bénton.
Riaf imo a ingégini thes léntliutes ménigi,
quad, uu r in Mob ioh sliani man Barabbén in liani.
Tho héft er nan, so er uuélta, ioh er nan sélbo f ta
selbon drlihtinan, uuan uuan ther uuénego man! 350
Namun nan tho thénana thes hérizohen thégana;
sie lihtun in zi gémane thérna thar zisémane,
Ioh séztun sie imo in héubit then selbon thliminan ring,
zi hdnidon gémo corona thero thérno.
Sie namun in thera dati kt'minglih giuuati, 355
f u rotan plirpurin inti datun inan In.
Fialun tho in iro knio: zi hue hébetun inan 1'0,
zi bismere thriato slislichero dato.

Heil th , quadun sie, Krist, th thérero liuto klining bist!
bist géro ouh thiu gilicho ioh harto klininglicho. 360
Zi honidu imo in datun, than sie slilih quatun ;
sie thahtun i0 bi notin, uuio sie inan gihontin.
Sie slliagun sar then gangon thiu héilegun uuéngun,
ioh hérton in thén faron so blliun si imo thio orun.
Er thiilta, s6 ih hiar féra quad, bi linsih suslih lin
gimah, 365
in slégin ioh in uuérton bi \insen suaren slinton.
XXIII. Duxit Pilatus Iesum derisum ad populum.
Pilétus giang zen liutin sid tho thésen datin:

uuélt er in gist len thes érmalichen uufllen.
Hera n, quad, léitu ih inan In, than irkénnet in thiu,
than ih lindato ni fIndu in imo thr to. 37°
Giang Krist tho in themo gauge mit rétemo gifangey
I 34 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER
bithlirnter ioh bi lter ioh sus gibismeroter.

Plirpurin giuuati drliag er tho bi néti,
thlirnina coréna: gidan uuas than in héna.
Séhet, quad er, n then mén, rdamnot ist er lu
fréml 375
it séhet sina linéra, uuan uuéllet ir es méra?
Biscéltan ist er hérto ioh hénlichero uuérto,
ouh sinero lindato giréfsit lu drato.
Er ist,quad, bif lit, mit thérnon ouh bistéllit;
n man imo slilih dliat, ni lanet klielen in than
mliat. 380
$o sie nan tho gisihun, so riafun sie alle gahun:
ingegin imo inbran than mliat, 5o ofto fianton dliat.
B tun tho ginliagi, than man inan irslliagi,
ioh riafun lu héino: crtizo, lés! nan cr zo !
Német inan, quad er, zi iu inti cnizot inan untar fu: 385
ni még ih in imo irfIndan, oba er rdan si so frém.

Thero biscofo hérti gab imo éntuuurti
mit alten nides uu len: ni méhtun sie in gist len:
Er scal irstérban thuruh nit, so uuinod unser zéinot,
ioh déuuen sinen uuérton in thérero manno hénton ; 390
Uuanta ér gikundta hérasun, thén er si selbo gétes sun,

ioh ubarél in uuan' so det er slilih mari.
Ther uuinod lérit thare, in criizi man then hahe,
so uuer so in lirheine sih slilihesbiheine.
Yrférahta sih tho hérto Pilétus thero uuérto, 395
giang mit Krl'ste er tho fon in in than spréhh s In.
Gidua mih sit mi, quad er, uuis, uuanana lantes
th sis,
uuélichera giblirti, than th i0 zi thisu uuurti?
Er stuant, suigeta ioh mémmonto githégeta:
zus LUDWIGSIJED 135
sines selbes th1ilti ni gab imo éntuuurti. 400

Ni uuildu spréchan, quad er, zi mir? ni uuéist ,
uuan ih ségen thir,
thazz stéit than thinan énti in mines selbes hénti?
Ioh bin ih ouh giuuéltig ubar éllu thinu thing,
in lib ioh déd hiutu, so uuédar so ih gibiutu.
Antuurtita lindo ther keisor éuuinigo the ), 405
ther kuning himilisgo in uu r themo hérizohen thar:
Ih ségen thir, than ni h uh thih: giuualt ni hébetist
ubar mih,
oba thir than giz mi fon himile ni qu mi.
Bi thiu ist mit méren sunton ther mih gab thir zi
hénton,
ioh ther in zi thiu bibrahta, than hiar man min sus
éhta. 4w
V
DAB LUDWIGSLIED
The Ludwigslied, written in the Rhenish Frnuconian dialect, was
composed to celebrate the victory of Ludwig III
over the Normans at
the battle of Saucourt, which was fought on August 3, 881. It was
probably written by the monk Huebald the same or the early
in
(1-
930)
part of the following year.
Rithmus teutonicus de piae memoriae Hluduico rege lio Hluduici

aeque regis.
Einan kuning uuein ih, Heinsit her Hluduig,

Ther gerno gode thionot: Ih uuein her imos lonot.
Kind uuarth her faterlos. Thes uuarth imo sar buon:
Holoda inan truhtin, Magaczogo uuarth her sin.
Gab her imo dugidi, Fronisc githigini,
5
Stual hier in Vrankon. So br che her es lango!

Than gideilder thanne Sar mit Karlemanne,

Bruoder sinemo, Thia czala uuunnic'mo.
so than uuarth a1 gendiot, Koron uuolda sin god,
Ob her arbeidi $o iung tholon mahti. 10
Lietz her heidine man Obar séo lidan,

Thiot Vrancc'mo Manon sundic'ino.
Sume sar verlorane Uuurdun sum erkorane:
Haranskara tholc'ita Ther 6r misselebéta.
Ther ther thanne thiob uuas, Ind er thanana ginas, I5
Nam sina vaston: Sidh uuarth her guot man.
Sum uuas luginari, Sum skachari,
Sum fol loses, Ind er gibuonta sih thes.
Kuning uuas ervirrit, Than richi al girrit,
Uuas erbolgan Krist: Leidhor, thes ingald 20
in.
Thoh erbarmédes got, Uuisser alla thia not:
Hien her Hluduigan Tharot s'ir ritan.
Hluduig, kuning min, Hilph minan liutin!
Heigun sa Northman Harto biduuungan.
Thanne sprah Hluduig Hérro, so duon ih, 25
Dot ni rette mir Al

in,
than thir gibiudist.

Tho nam her godes urlub, Huob her gundfanon f,
Reit her thara in Vrankon Ingagan Northmannon.
Gode thancodun Thé sin beidodun,
ft?) min, Se lango beidon uuir thin. 30
al
Quadhun
Thanne sprah l to Hluduig ther guoto:
Trostet hiu, gisellion, Mine notstallon.
Hera santa mih god Ioh mir selbo gibod,
Ob hiu rat th hti, Than ih hier gevuhti,
Mih selbon ni sparoti, Uncih hiu gineriti. 35
Na uuillih than mir volgon Alle godes holdon.
Giskerit ist thin hieruuist so lango so uuili Krist:
DAS LUDWIGSLIED r 37
Uuili her unsa hinavarth, Thero habét her giuualt.

$6 uuer so hier in ellian Giduot godes uuillion,
Quimit hé gisund n, Ih gi1onon imon; 40
Bilibit her thar inne, Sinemo kunnie.
Tho nam er skild indi sper, Ellianlicho reit her;
Uuolder uuar errahchc'm Sinan uuidarsahch n.
Tho ni uuas in burolang, Fand her thia Northman.
Gode lob sageda, Her sihit thes her geréda. 45
Ther kuning reit kuono, Sang lioth frano,
Ioh alle saman sungun Kyrrieleison .
Sang uuas gisungan, Uuig uuas bigunnan,
Bluot skein in uuangc'm: Spilodun ther Vrankon.
Thar vaht thegeno gelih, Nichein soso Hluduig: 5o
Snel indi kuoni, Than uuas imo gekunni.
Suman thuruhskluog her, Suman thuruhstah her.
Her skancta cehanton Sinan anton
Bitteres lides. $o uué hin hi0 thes libes!
Gilobot si thiu godes kraft: Hluduig uuarth sigihaft; 5 5
Ioh allén heiligon thancl Sin uuarth ther sigikamf.
Uuolar abur Hluduig, Kuning uuigsalig!
86 garo soser hi0 uuas, So uuar soses thurft uuas,
Gihalde inan truhtin Bi sinan Ergrehtin.
VI
Christ and the woman of Samaria, written in the Alemanic dialect
about the year 850. It is based on the fourth chapter of St. John,
vv. 1-26.
Lesén uuir than fuori ther heilant fartmuodi.

ze untarne, uuinnun than, er zeinen brunnon kisan.
Quam fone Samario ein quena sario
scephan than uuanner: thanna noh so san er.
I 38 OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER
Bat er sih ketrencan dan uuip than ther thara quam 5
(uuurbon sina thegana be sina lipleita):

Biuuan kerost thir, guot man, dan ih thir geba trinkan?
ia ne nienant, uuinne Christ, thie Judon unsera uuist.
Uuip, obe th uuissis, uuielih gotes gift ist,
unte den ercantis mit themo do kosotis, :0
ti] bz'ztis dir unnen sines kecprunnen.
Disiu buzza ist so tiuf, ze dero ih heimina liuf,
noh t ne habis kiscirres, dan th thes kiscephés:
uuar maht th , guot man, neman quecprunnan?
Ne bist liuten kelop mér than Jacob. 15
ther gab uns thesan brunnan, tram: er nan ioh sina
man ;
siniu smalenonner nunnun than uuanner.
Ther trinkit thiz uuanner, be demo thurstit inan mér,
der afar trinchit dan min, then lanit der durst sin:
sprangot imo n pruston in Euuon mit luston. 20
1;
Hérro, ih thicho ze dir, than uuanner gabist d mir,

dan ih mér ubar tac ne liu hera durstac.
Uuib, t dih anneuuert, hole hera dinen uuirt.
siu quat sus libiti, commen ne hebiti.
Uueiz ih dan d uuar segist, dart di'l commen ne
hebist. :5
dt' hebitos Er nfe dir volliste.
zi
des mahtt sich re sin: n hebist énin der nis din.

Hérro, in thir uuigih scin, dan thir maht forasago sin.
for uns ér giborana betoton hiar in berega,
Unser altmaga suohtfm hia genada: 3°
thoh sagant kicorana thia bita in Hierosolima.
ir
MUSPILLI r 39
VII
MUBPrLLI
The Muspilli, written in the Bavarian dialect, was probably com
posed about the year 850. The author is unknown. It was rst edited
by Schmeller in 1832: Muspilli, Bruchstiick einer alliterierenden
Dichtnng vom Ende der \Velt.
. . . . . sin tac piqueme dan er touuan scal.

uuanta sar so sih diu séla in den sind arhevit,
enti si den lihhamun likkan lannit,
so quimit ein heri fona himilzungalon,
dan andar fona pehhe: dar pagant siu umpi. 5
Sorgén mac diu séla, unzi diu suona argét,

za uuederemo herie si gihalot uuerde.
uuanta ipu sia dan Satananses kisindi kiuuinnit,
dan leitit sia sar dar iru leid uuirdit,
in fuir enti in nstri: dan ist rehto virinlih ding. IO
upi sia avar kihalc'mt die die dar fona himile quemant,
enti si dero engilo eigan uuirdit,
die pringent sia sar i in himilo rihi:
dar ist lip ano tod lioht ano nstri,
selida ano sorg n: ddr mirt siuh neoman. r5
denne der man in pardisu pi kiuuinnit,
his in himile, dar quimit imo hilfa kinuok.
pidiu ist durft mihhil allero manno uuelihemo,
*
dan in es sin muot kispane,
dan er kotes uuillun kerno tuo 2°
enti hella fuir harto uuise,
pehhes pina: dar piutit der Satanan altist
heinnan lauc. so mac huckan za diu,
sorgén drato, der sih suntigen uuein.
uué demo in vinstri scal sino virina stt'ién, z5
prinnan in pehhe: dan ist rehto paluuic dink,

dan der man harét ze gote enti imo hilfa ni quimit.
uuanit sih kinada diu uuénaga séla:
ni ist in kihuctin himiliskin gote,
uuanta hiar in uuerolti after ni uuerkota. 30
$o denne der mahtigo khuninc dan mahal kipannit,
dara scal queman chunno kilihan:
denne ni kitar parno nohhein den pan furisizzan,
ni allero manno uuelih ze demo mahale sculi.
dar scal er vora demo rihhe an rahhu stantan, 35
pi dan er in uuerolti eo kiuuerkot hapEta.
Dan hortih rahhon dia uueroltrehtuuison,
dan sculi der antichristo mit Eliase pagan.
der uuarch ist kiuuafanit, denne uuirdit untar in uuic
arhapan.
khenfun sint so kreftic, diu kosa ist so mihhil. 40
Elias stritit pi den Euuigon lip,
uuili dén rehtkernon dan rihhi kistarkan:
pidiu scal imo helfan der himiles kiuualtit.
der antichristo stét pi demo alt ante,
stét pi demo Satanase, der inan varsenkan scal: 45
pidiu scal er in dem uuicsteti uunt pivallan
enti in demo sinde sigalos uuerdan.
doh uuanit des vilo . . . . . gotmanno
dan Elias in demo uuige aruuartit uuerde.
s6 dan Eliases pluot in erda kitriu t, 5°
so inprinnant die perga, poum ni kistentit
énihc in erdu, aha artruknént,
muor varsuuilhit sih,
suilinot lougiu der himil
mano vallit, prinnit mittilagart,
MUSPILLI r 4r
stén ni kistentit. verit denne st atago in lant, 55

verit mit diu vuiru viriho uuison:
dar ni mac denne mak andremo heli'an vora demo muspille.
denne deu , preita uuasalallan varprennit,
enti vuir enti lui't in allan arfurpit,
uuar ist denne diu marha, dar man dar e0 mit sinén
magon piehc? 60
diu marha ist farprunnan, diu séla stét pidungan,
ni uuein mit uuiu puane: sar verit si za uuine.
Pidiu ist demo manne s6 guot, denne er ze demo
mahale quimit,
dan er rahhono uueliha rehto arteile.
denne ni daif er sorgén, denne er ze deru suonu
quimit. 65
hi uuein der uuénago man, uuielihan uuartil er habét,

denne er mit dén miaton marrit dart rehta,
dan der tiuval dar pi kitamit stentit.
der hapét in ruovu rahhono uueliha,
dan der man e'r enti rid upiles kifrumita, 70
dan er in allan kisagét, denne er ze deru suonu quimit.

ni scolta sid manno nohhein miat n imy'dlzan.
# i i
so horn
dan lu'milisca kihl tit uuirdit,
enti sih der suanari ana dm sind arhevit
[der dar suannan scal totén enti lepentén], 74"

denne hevit sih mit imo herio meista, 75
dan ist allan so paid dan imo nioman kipigan ni malt.

denne verit er 2e deru mahalsteti deru dar kimarchot
ist:
dar uuirdit diu .ru0na dia. man dar io sagéta.
denne varant engila . uper dio marha,

uuechant deota, uuissant ze dinge. 80
denne sml manno gilih fona deru moltu arstén,

lossan sih ar dero léuuo vannon: scal imo avar sin lip
piqueman,
dan er sin reht allan kirahhon muonni,
enti imo after sinén tatin artez'lz'l uuerde.
denne der gisizzit, der dar suonnan scal 85

01t1' arteillan scal totén enti quekkhén:
denne stét dar umpi engilo menigi,
guotero gomono: gart ist so milzh1']:
dara quimit ze deru rihtungu so vilo dia dar ar mt;
arstént,
so dar manno nohhein uuiht pimidan ni mak. 90
dir scal denne hant sprehhan, houpit sagén,
allero lido uuelih unzi in den luzigun vinger,
uuan er untar desén mannun mordes kifrumita.
dar ni ist e0 so listic man der dar iouuiht arliugan
megi,
dan er kitarnan megi tato dehheina, 95
nin al fora demo khuninge kiclumdz't uuerde,
unnan er in mit alamusanu * furimegi

enti mit fast n dio virina kipuantz .
denne der palde t der gipuannit hapét,
denne er ze deru suomtetz' quimzt.* 99a
uuirdit denne furi kitragan dan frono chr a , roo
dar der Izéligo Christ ana arhangan uuard.
denne augat er dio mas n, dio er in deru menm'rl i
ary'mc,
dio er durah desse mancunnes minna u'dolita.
NOTES
[The references refer to the paragraphs in the grammar.]
I. TATIAN
ll. 14. ordindn saga thio in una gifulte, lint, rahhono is a
rendering of the Latin: ordinare narrationem qnae in nobis completae
snnt rernm.
l. 3. uuas giaehan Lat. visum est.
l. 17. uin, rehtiu, beidu, are neuter, § 210.
l. 38. kind is acc. pl.
1. 67. hoist/en = hohisten.
l. 69. nist = ni ist.
1. 7I. thie = thér, :n 5 165, note 2.
l. 73. than thir: thir is here merely a strengthening particle to the
rel. than.
1. 88. heilizinuos, gernnd Gen. sg. of heilaaen.
1. no. nio in altare, Lat. neqnaquam, by no means, not so.
1. 131. sih une zi gebanno, an imitation of the Lat. datnrnm se
nobis.
1. 144.. Some. The letter 8 occurs only 8 times in Tatian, viz. Semo
(4), Bém (2), vvur8un(r),1$ir (I).
1. 160. curet, imperative with neg.-= Lat. nolite, and is properly the
pret. subjunctive.
1. r74. thi = thie.
1. 21:. Forms like it quedent, it uujnnunt, ingiengunt have their
n from the pres. 3rd. pl.
1. :29. Instead of nngatn and eagantee 248), we should expect
(l.
sagéta, sagéntea.
240. hebet, .m 181, note
l. l. l.
5.
§
260. nint engun = ni int engun.

:72. 0l in selbon = Lat. ad semetipsos, among themselves.
281. diura. Germanic is, as a rule, shifted to in Tatian, but
d
1.
in this and few other examples has remained unshifted.

it
a
nalles oi imo
Lat. non qnia de egenis pertinebat ad
==
l.
287. .
.
.
enm, not that he cared for the poor.

313. {on thes = ex quo, since the time. fon temporal, and
is
1.
the! the adverbial genitive.

is
314. On the inf. ending of cneaan, see 185, note.

l.
329. The reg. form quitun, see 187.

is
1.
330. For the em in eumit, see 179, note.

l. l. I. l.
334. forlioeen = forlinen in, subj. pres.

337. The in gihérét inorganic.
h
is
353. geet = gét.

14.4. OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER
l. 362. zesauim is the weak Acc. fem. sg. of zeso, used as a noun.
1. 367. sien = sie in, they him.
1. 373. ni curit vvuofen ubar mih =Lat. nolite ere super me,
weep not for me.
375. théndi'r = thén+ de + ir, in the which ye,
1. where do is the
weakened form of the adv. dir, so also in thiede, thiode, thende.
l. 415. uuantih = uuanta ih.
l. 441. intfagana, pp. Acc. fem. sg. of intfihan, formed after analogy
with the present. The reg. form would be intt angana.
_1. 44+ 152; m1 Lat. sine.
l. 449. fon obanentio zunzan nidar, from top to bottom.
1. 467. uuantaq = uuanta. in.
l. 509. erdim here weak. erda is usually strong.
1. 575. siaentero is the pp. Gen. pl. of simian.
l. 626. fon hohi himile i0 unz iro enti = Lat. a summis coelorum
usque ad terminos eorum, from one end of heaven to the other.
II. PBAL'MS
l. 3. The h in seher (= s5e) has no etymological meaning.
1. 4. mnta = $5.15, see 5 4.
18. cenim the Dat. pl. of man, see 125,note, and
c)
(under
is
l.-
7
§
5
20. pirumés, in place of the more usual forms pirum, pirun

l. l.
21. herds. = erda.

mittih from mit dih by assimilation. mit rarely takes the
1.
5.
2
accusative.
truhtinan, see 100.
1.
29.
§
III. 8'1 . EMMEBAMER GEBET

deih, cp. 165, note 4.
2.
l'.
sado = edo.
l. l.
3.
4. kyhukkiu, with retention of the which, in such forms, had

i,
mostly disappeared already in the beginning of the ninth century.

n. rinim the Acc. sg. of riuwa.
is
1.
:2. moai == muoqi. Old remained undiphthougised the longest

l.
in the Bavarian dialect.

16. gaotan = the common OHG. form guotan, see 55
l.
min; = muot, see above.

1.
27.
IV. O'I'FRID
Before reading the extracts from Otirid the beginner should refer to
H 50, 52, 56 in the Grammar, and observe further that Germanic and
d
(th) remained unshifted initially in the Rhenish Franconian dialect.

p
All words beginning here with will be found in the Glossary under
t,
d
and those beginning with th under d.

N0 T155
145
1.9. then is the Ace. sg. masc. of thér, used as a demons. nir
amihetin = ni irsmihetin.
l. 10. then, Acc. masc. sg., used
l. 17. theist. -
than ist; so also
as rel. pr. uuol = uuola.
in ll. 20, 48, 55, 196,
l. n. thein = than in; so also 1. 37.
243.
l. :4. aiea = sia is; so also in II. 76, 105.
1. 52. After scal supply liqan.
l. 58. dualtun, pret. 3rd pl. of dwellen.
l. 75. zirrettinne = 5i irrattenno.
l . 77. in, Dat. pl. nintfuarit = ni intfuarit.
l . 78. si refers to lint.
l . 80. uuorahta, forahta, see 63.
5
l. 99. After ekal supply sin.
l . H8. zimo = zi imo.
l . n9. nintstante = ni intstante.
1 . 12!. h61' = bore,
subj. pres.
l . 129. irdualta, pret. sg. of irdwellen.
l . r33. rvuurti, pret. subj. of rwérdan.
-
l . I61. aen ai thén, Dat. pl. ; so also in l.
337.
I . r63. festin == festi in. in festi duon = to make sure, certain.
l 167. theih = thie ih.
l . y195. siun = si in in. ni
siun smerza, let it not be a pain to
l. than, supply ther. ingeit,
197. pres. 3rd sg. of ingin. 56¢
5 205, note.
1. :01.
nuirin = uuiri in, if it were.
I. 202. iuih = iuwih.
1. n7. untar auein, doubtful.
1. no. givuuag (with Gen.), pret.
sg. of the strong verb * :iwahan,
with g from the pret. plural. Cp. the pret. aluog beside sluoh.
1. :22. mo == imo; so
also in l. 255.
l. :24. nirknahet = ni irkniet. The h
is inorganic
1. 6. hiluh = hilu ill.
I. :38. dro1 (lit. a drop ), a
strengthening negative particle.
l. 259. ingegin = ingagan.
l. 262. this ostoron gifehotin = iva od'ymat n)
28), that miaxa (John xviii.
they might eat the passover.
263. nintriatun = ni intriatun.
l. 265. irngigiang, pret. sg. of ngigangan.
l. :69. fuer er = fuari er.
1.
:79. this 1iuti, i. e. the Jews.
l. 28:. niruuant;
(with Gen.) n ni iruuant, pret. sg- of irwint-a
l. 299. sinsan = si
(Acc. pl.) insan.
l. 301. bist -= bist thir.
l. 325. theih, see 5 166, note
4. quia contracted from quidi-B
l. 340. dito, Gen. pl.
1.
345. ther is subj.; skihiri, predicate.
WllGHT L
l. 368. gistillen wi Dat. pers., Gen. rei; so also in 1. 388 with

re ex. Dat.
l. 369. heraiin = bars. in, out.
1. not. uujld = wili thir; uueistt'i = weist thiz.
l. 402. steit, pres. 3rd sg. of stan, see note to § 205.
V. DAB LUDWIGBLIED
Forms containing d or th will be found in the Glossary under t or

d respectively.
1. 2. irnos = imo es. 16n6n usually takes the Dat. of the pers. and
Gen. rei, but ep. 1. 40.
l. 7. gideilder = gideilda er.
1. 8. onala = maln.
1. II. lieta = lien, pret. sg. of linen.
1. 16. sidh (=O.E. sip), see aid in the Glossary.
1. 21. erbarmédes = erbarméda es. nuisser = wissa (pret. sg.
of winnan) er.
1. 23. minan, Dat. pl., weakened form of minén; so also in 11. 43,
53, 59: sinan from sinén.
l. 24. heigun = eigun, have. The h has here no etymological
value. ea, more frequently so, the unaccented form of the pronoun
sie.
I
ll. 25, :6. Then said Ludwig, Lord, will do, unless death deprive
me of
it,
all that thou biddest.

huob, pret. 3rd sg. of heifers, see 181, note 4.
1.
27.
5
a1 Nom. plural. quadhun, pret. pl. of quédan (quédhnn):

is
1.
30.
the regular form would be quitun.
34. ob hiu rit th hti, if should seem advisable to you. The
it
1.
form hiu occurs also in 11. 32, 35. It properly the Dative form.
is
The has no etymological value. In such cases the occurs only in

h
M8S. which were copied by ignorant scribes.

35. uncih
= una ih.
l.
in ellian, according to (his) strength.

l.
39.
40. imoq = imo in, cp. 2.
l.
1.
uuolder = wolda er. On sinan see

1.
43.
l.
23.
45. geréda, pret. sg. of gérén (with Gen.); he! sihit thes her
1.
geréda, he sees what he wished for.

46. h'ino, indecl. adj. (properly the Gen.pl. of m5 = Goth. fr uja,
l.
'),
Master, Lord, God divine, holy.

47. kyrrioleison, Lord, have mercy upon us ; from mipior and
l.
Dado).
There fought none of the warriors like Ludwig fought.
1.
50.
cehanton, into the hands. sinan, see note to
l.
53.
l.
23.
NOTES 147
l. 54. bin, Dat. pl. of her. On hio = i0 cp. notes to ll. 24, 34.
so uué hin bit: then libes! = N.H.G. Wehe immsr ihnen des
Labour-1!
l. 5.7. uuolar, interj.: hail, well done !'
l. 58. soser = soso er; noses = soso es.
VI. CHRIST AND THE WOMAN OF SAMARIA

l. 2. no untame, at midday. 0E. undern, the time before
midday, especially about 9 a.m., or from 9 to 12. aeinen = no einen.
l. 12. humaa, from Lat. puteus, ' well.
1. 13. habis, after the analogy oi the strong verbs, or weak verbs oi
the rst conjugation. Cp. also such forms as hebia hebit, aegis segit,
for habés habét, sagés sagét; see 5 193, note a.
l. 24. commen = com-man, gom-man.
l. 27. énin = einan. nis = ni is.
VII. MUBPILLI
Muspilli, OS. mudspelli, mutspelli, O.Icel. muspelli. The second
part of the word is probably related to the OS. verb spildan, OE.
spildan, O. Icel. spilla, to destroy.
l. I. The beginning is lost. One may supply something like: Let
each man think that. touuan. On the ending -an in weak verbs
see 6 185, note.
. 32. chunno, Gen. pl. depen. on kilihan.
37. hortih = horta. iii.
39. arhapan, the pp. oi arhe en, see 5 181, and note 4 to it.
46. nunt = wunt, wounded.
_.|,_..---.-|--_|>-|>_a
52. (mike = einig. So also in l. 55 stén = stein.

60. pieho, pret. 3rd sg. of pagan, bigun.
61. pidungan, the pp. of pidwingan, bidwingan.
94. megi, pres. subj. oi magan.
96. air; = ni i4.
GLOSSARY
ABBREVIATIONS
sm., :f., 5n. = strong masculine, etc.
1mm, 10 ., run. = weak masculine, etc.
= strong verb.
s11.
wu. = weak verb.

Verb: compounded wiih the pre x gi- have mostly tke samz
meaning as the simple verb: thus gilegen = legen. For purpose: of
n rmze, c (bqfore a, o, u) and q = k ,' t]; = d; v :f
A. ala-nioro, av. very beautifully.
alles (allan), av. otherwise, else.
aha, prep. c. dat. of, from, apart alias-win , av. elsewhere.
from; av. away. alles-wio, av. otherwise.
al-mahtig, ala-mahtig, aj.
al
iband-muos, .m. supper.
abuh, aj. wrong, bad; in abuh, mighty.
av. wrongly, falsely. alt, aj. old; mit. thén alton, with
abur, see afar. the elders.
ideilo, see iteilo. alt-mag, sm. ancestor, forc
afar (avnr, abur, avur, afur), av. father.
altar-i, altari (alteri, altteri fr.
),
and amj. again, whereas, but,
yet, furthermore. Lat. altare, :m. altar.
after, prep. c. riat. alter, according alt- ant, :m. old enemy, devil.
to; with im-tr. in after thiu,ac alt-mom, sm. old age.
cordingly: av.behind,after,back. al-walt, aj. all-powerful (as trans
aga eini, zeal, diligence, ear lation of Augustus).
If.
nestness. ambaht (Goth. andbahtn), rm.

aha (Goth. alual, .57. water. servant.
ahta, opinion, re ection. ambaht, .m. ministration, o ice.
sf
ihten, ambahten (Goth. andbahtjan),

I,
'um. persecute.
ahtodo (ahtudo), num. eighth. serve.
I,
um.
ahton, wv. II, observe, consider. ana, av. on, up.
aocar, acohar, .rm. eld, acre. ana,auan,prep. c.dat.,ac:.,imtr.,
i-kust, badness, fault. on, in, upon.
.gf.
a1,aj. (in . allér), all, every, each, ana-fallnn, :11. VII, fall upon.
whole av. gm. allan, otherwise, ana-gin, anakin (gen. -ginnea),
;
else. :11. beginning.

alanmosan, almuosan (from Gr. ana-atéhhan, w. IV, pierce.
Lat. eloemonyne), .m. aims. ana-wart, aj. mindful of, attentive
aln-war (ala-wiri), oj. all true; to.
in alawir, verily. undnr, ander, num. aj. second,
GLOSSARY 149
other; andar andar, the one ar-Iiogan, ar-liugan, :11. II, de

the other. vise, fabricate, get by lying.
anfenc, pret. 3rd sg. of ant ar-loeen, um. I, deliver, free.
ihan. arm, rm. arm.
anne-wért, an. away. arm, aj. poor, miserable.
annuzi (Tat. nom. sg. annuci), arma-lib, aj. unhappy, wretched.
.m. face. arn (Goth. 888.113), sf. harvest.
inc, prep. c. acc. without, except; arnc'm, 1021. II, reap, harvest.
conj. except, only (al'ter negative ar-ougen, um. I, show, manifest;
sentences ). re/I. appear.
anst, sf favour. ar-ougneesi, sf a showing, ex
ant-f nhan, :11. VII, receive. hibiting.
anti, ande; enti, endi; indi, ar-reckenvret.-rehhita,-ra.hta),
inti, inte, int; unti, unto, um. I, stretch out, explain, in
unta,
(j.
and. terpret.
anti-christo, wm. anti-Christ. ar-rihten, 10v. I, erect, raise up.
ant-Iingbn, 1011. II, answer. ar-ruofan,w.VII,calt out,cryout.
anto, wn. zeal, anger. ar-skeidan, :11. VII, separate.
ant-reita, order; after an ar-slahan, irslahan, .111. VI, kill,
.9 .
treitu (ex ordine), in order. slay.

ant-wurten (Goth. andwat'u-d ar-stantan, (-stin, -stén), .mVI,
jun), 1011. answer. rise up, arise.
I,
ant-wurti, xn. answer. ar-stérban, :11. III, die.

at, prep" see ur. ar-teilen, irteilen, um. I, judge,
araugta, see ar-ougen. condemn.
arbeit, arabeit, work, toil, artim, w'u. II, dwell.
sf.
trouble. ar-truknén, 1011. III, dry up.

arbeiton, 1011. II, labour, work. arwartan, see ir-werten.
ar-bélgan, xv. Ill, become angry. ar-weokan, um. I, awake, wake
ar-t aran, :11. VI, go away, fetch, up, resuscitate.
reach. ar-wérphan, :11. III, cast out,
ar- rren, ar rran, um. remove, throw out.
I,
withdraw, take away. i-awih, smn. stumbling-block.

ar-t urpan, sez ir- irban. i-teilo, ideilo, 10m. non-partaker.
arg, arc, aj. wicked, godless. an, in, prep. c. dat. at, in.
ar-gangan, tar-gin, ar-gén, :11. an-stantan, rv. 1V, stand by, at.
VII, go out, pass away.
ar-géban,m.V,hand uver, give up.
B.
ar-gioqan, :11. II, pour forth, shed.
ar-hihan, VII, b ga, piga,
sf
:11. hang up, 5115' quarrel, ght

;
pend, crucify. inabiga,withontcontradiction,

ar-he en (-he "an, -hefan, -hevan, trustworthily.
see 5181, 4, 5), :11. VI, raise up, bigan, pagan, :11. VII, quarrel,
lift up. ght.
ar-lésen, m. V, gather, collect. bald, paid, aj. bold, quick.
ar-leagen, ar-lesken, um. baldén, paldén, um. III, get
I,
destroy, courage, be of good cheer.

balwig, palwic, aj. destructive, bifalampret. 3m sg. of bi-félhan.

pernicious. bi-fallan, pifallan, :11.VII, fall.
bun, pan, rm. command, procla bi-félhan,pif§lhan, -fe'lahan,r1}.
mation. III, hide, bury, yield, entrust.
barman, pannan, :11. VII, sum bi- llen, um. I, scourge, strike.
mon, x the day of judgment. bindan, :11. III,
nd.
bant (pl. hant, bentir),.m. bond. bi- nstren, um. I, make dark.
barn, parn, .m. child. bi-géhan, :11. V, confess, own.
lamprey, see bi. bi-gihtig, pigihtic,aj. confessing.
beide, béde, mmi. both. bi-gihtig wérdan, c. dat. pun,
beidon, .ree beiton. gen. rei, confess a thing to some
bein, pein, m. bone, leg. one.
beiten, um. I, :. gen. rei, force, bi-ginnan, :11. III, begin (also
compel. weak pret. bigonda}.
beiton, beidon, 1011. ll, wait; bi-graban, :11. VI, bury.
with gm. wait for, expect. bi-grifan, :11. I, comprehend.
beldida, bi-haltan, :1). VII, guard.
.3) .
boldness, audacious
ness. bi-heinqan, -heiqun, :11. VII, 1'
béraht-nessi, brightness. promise, vow, presume.

sf
béran, :11. IV,

bear, give birth. bihiaqi, pret. :ubj. 3rd sg. of hi
b'o'r d, m. offspring.
bérg, pérg (pl. bérga, be'regn), bihiu - bi-hiu
heiqqan.
wér), why,
(see
rm. mountain. wherefore, from what cause.
bérgan, :11. III,
hide, conceal. biiihin, pret. suéf. 3rd pl. of bi
gi-bérgan = bérgan. géhan.
bésemo, wm. besom. bi-liban, w. remain.
I,
béteri, .mz. one who prays, wor bilidi, sn. form, gure, example.
shipper. bi-linnan, :11. III, cease.
bét6n, 1011. II, pray, worship; (lat. bim, bin, am.
ofgvr. zi béttonne or bétonne. bi-midan, pimidan, .w. I, avoid,
beanisto, superl. to guot. shun.
bi, bi, bs,pr¢p. :. dat., acc., instr. biogan, :11. II, bend.
near, from, on account of, biotan, beotan, peotan, :11. II,
within. offer, show.
bi-bot, m. command, precept. bi-quéman, piquéman, :11. IV,
bi-brennen, 1011. burn up. arrive, draw near, come.
I,
biruschen,
I,
bi-bringnn, bring to an end. bi-ruohhen, 101).
bidiu, bithiu, see thér. aim at thing, provide.

a
bi-thecken, 1021. birut, see 202.

I,
cover.
5
bi-thenken, 1011. be uneasy bis, :2z 202.

I,
about, look after, re ect. biscatuit, see bi-scatwen.

bi-thurnen, crown with bi-scatwen, um. overshadow.
I,
I,
1071.
thorns. bi-skéltan, :11. III, affront, insult.
bi-thwingan, III, bi-skinan, :11. shine around,
I,
:11. oppress,
force. upon.
bi-fshan, :0. VII, seize, encom biscof, rm. (nom. pl. bisgot a.),
pass, get possession of. chief priest, bishop.
GLOSSARY 15x
biscof-bait, sm. priesthood, o ice brieven (fr. Lat. breviare), 1011.

of priest. register, record, count.
I,
bi-scouwon, 1011. II, look at, bringan (pm. brihta, see 178,
§
view. note 2), rum. bring.
biamarc'm, bieméron, 1011. II, brinnan, prinnan, :11. III, burn.
mock, deride, spot at. brot, .m. bread.
biamarunga, sf. blasphemy. briichen, bruhhen (Goth. brt'ik
bismér, .m. scorn, derision, mock. jan), um.
I,
enjoy, use.
bi-snidan, w. I, circumcise. brunno, wm. well.
bi-aoutfen, pisau en, 1011. I, bruoder, rm. brother.
drown. brust, sf. breast.
bi-atellen, 1011. I, adorn. brizt-louft, briiit-16ft, :mf. mar
bita, prayer. na e.
bitan, pitan, bidan, :11. I, wait, brt'it-louft-lih, aj. bridal, nuptial.
expect; with gen. wait for. b , pi'l (gen. b wea), sm. abode,
bittar, bitter, aj. bitter. dwelling.
bitten (Goth. hiddnn), :11. V, biten (pret. b m),
I,
bt'mn, 1011.
c. gm. or dat. rzi, ask, request, dwell.

demand. buoh, buah, rmnf. book.
biviluhmprenIrtsg. ofbi-félhan. buohhi-ri, bumhiri, buocheri,
bi-wankon, urv. II, avoid. sm. scribe.
bi-wan, wherefore. buoq, remedy, redress.
sf
bl-wéllan, :11. III, roll about, buoqen, buoqnen (Goth. botjan),
stain, de le. 1011. make good, atone for; an.
bi-werien, um. I, defend, protect. pers. gm. rei, get free.
III,
,
bl-wintan, :11. wrap up. buoqqa, puaqqa, buoqa, pnaqa,

bl-zeinen, um. I, mark. penance, abnsement, punish
4f.
blnt, .m. (pl. bletir), leaf. ment.

bliden (Goth. bleipjan), I, burg, city.
sf
1011.
rejoice. be joyful. buro-lang, aj. very long.

blidi, aj. kind, friendly, blithe. gi-burt, birth.
:f.
blidida, gladness, joyfulness. buna, see phuzza, well.

:f.
blint, aj. blind.

bliwan, bliuwan, :0. II, strike, C.
beat. Words beginning with c, fol
bluot, pluot, m. blood. lowed by a, o, u, or words begin
bluun, pm. 3rdpl. of bliwan. ning with ch, will be found under
boto, wm. messenger. in. Words beginning with c, fol
bouhnen, dat. pers., acc. rn', lowed by e, will be found under
i,
I,
1011.
intimate, signify, make
7.
sign. a. See
a
boum, poum, rm. tree.

brédiga, :u prédiga. D. TH.
bréhhan, bréchan, :11. IV, break. initially in Otfrid will be found
d
broil, aj. broad, large. under t.

breiten, um. extend, spread out. di,see thdr.
I,
brennen (Goth. brannian), wv. thagén, githagén, 1011. Ill, be

I,
burn. silent.
thanin,danin,thanana,danana, diu, art., pr. dam. and rt].
;
instr. thiu, diu, in combination
g'.
av. and whence, thence, from
that place, away from, hence, with Prepositions; bithiu,bidiu,
therefore, wherefore; thanin therefore, because, since; bithiu
ma, thereupon, afterwards, then. wants. = wants. in thiu, there
;
thanc, thank, danc, :01. thought, in, thereto, in case that; mit
remembrance, thanks. thiu, since, as, because.
gi-thank, gidanc, gadanch, rm. thése, théeér, dése, désér, pr.
thought. demon. this.
thankon, 1011. II, thank. dézemon (Lat. decimare), 'wv.
thanne, dnnne, thanna, danna, II, give the tenth part.
thia, :za 165, note 3.
cj.
av. and then, when, whenever,
5
therefore, because; after the thiede = thie de, weakened form
+
compar. than. of thir.
thanta, danta, thiet, :n thiot.
a7 .
because.
thir, 1151', :15, av. there, where thiggen, thicken, um.
I,
beg,
;
generallyweakened to ther, der, implore, beseech.
do, when used as a relative thihan, dihan, w. advance,
I,
particle; tharana, thereupon, e 'ect.
thereon. thicken, :ee thiggen.
thara, dam, av. and dilli, :u tillj.
cj.
thither,
whither; tharazua, thereto. thin, din (tin), pm. pr. thy.
tharot, av. thither. thing, ding, dink, m. thing,
ij.
than, dan, that. reason, charge, accusation.

d6, thé, see 165, and notes: thing-hits, thinch s, :12. pure
§
do = thie. torium, o icial hall, syna

thégan, dégan, 5m. boy, servant, gogue.
warrior. thingon, 1011. II, discuss,bargain.
thégan-heit,s man1iness,bravery. thinkil, sm. grain, wheat.
thélpein, déhein, déhhein, aj. thinsan, dinsan, :11. III, draw.
pr. any, anyone; in mg. sen thio (see 5165); thiode=thio +
tences, no one, no, none. de, weakened form of thir.
théh-einig = théh-ein. thiob, diob, :m. thief.
dell, teil
deilen, .rre teilen. thio-muoten, démuaten,
I,
4'28 1011.
;
démuaten, x86 thio-muoten. humble.

thende = then + do, weakened thio-muoti,deomuati,aj.hnmble.
form ofthir; théndir = then + thionon, dionon, 10v. II, serve.
dir, weakened form of thir. thionost, dionost, mm. service,
-
thenken,denehan,denohen,w-v. compliance.
(pret. thihta), think, de thiorna, diorna, virgin,
I
liberate. maiden.
thennen, thenen, denen (Goth. thiot (thiet), mm. folk, people.
panja'n), um. thiota, diotmtheota, deota, s-wf.
I,
stretch out.
deomuati, tee thio-muoti. people, nation. _
deota, see thiota. thiu, diu (gen. thiuwi), maid,
thér (Tat. thio, thé, thér), dér maid-servant.
;
nmt. thaq, dan fem. thiu, diuren, see tiuren.

;
GL 055A R Y
153
diuri, see tiuri; diurison, see account of, because of; thumb
tiurison. than, therefore.
do (p. 138, 10)- thiu, dir. thuruh-fremen, run. I, ful l,
l.
me, do, no. and ij. then, therefore, nish, complete.
but, whilst; thodo = tho + de, thuruh-slahan, :11. VI, beat one
weakened form of thir. soundly.
thoh, doh, av. and :j. yet, also, thuruh-stéhhan, :11. IV, pierce
however, although. through.
doht, see toht. thuruh-thigsn, aj. purt. perfect.
tholon, 1011. II, tholén, 1011. III, thuruh-wonén, um. 11], remain.
suffer, endure. th sunt, d sunt, nnm. thousand.
thonar, rm. thunder. dwellen, sre twellen.
thorf, thorph, .m. village, hamlet. thwesban, ir-thwesben, 1011. I,
thorn, dorn, sm. thorn. extinguish, destroy.
dot, see tod. thwingan (thuingan), .w. III,
dowen, u: touwen. -
compel, force.
thrito, drito, av. quickly, very,
greatly, very much. E.
threwen, threaten. éban-brirchen, um. I, have'inter
I,
1011.
thri, dri, mun. three. course with, have dealings with.
thritto, dritto, mun. third. éckrodo, at1. only.
thriu-hunt, mun. eddo, odo, ado,
rj.
three hundred. or.
thia, dir, pr. thou. edil, edili, m. noble race.
thuingan = thwingan. edil, edili, aj. noble.
tlmlt, thulti, odil-thégun, sm. 'man of noble
.y".
patience.
thulten, dulten, um. I,- su 'er, birth, warrior.
endure. edil-nunga, rig/I noble language.
thunken, wv. (pret. thf1hta), evangelio (Lat. evangelium), wm.
seem, appear. gospel.
duom, tuom duommen,
y".
see sec éht, possession, thing.

:
tuommen. sid-hurt, sf oath.

duon, see tuon. eigun (hoigan), pret.-pres. have,
dura, sec tum. possess.
thurah, se! thuruh. eiganupart. aj. own :11. property,
;
durah-faran, :11. VI, go through. possession.

thurt an, durfan, pret.-pres. need. ein, mun. and pr. one; weak dec].
thurft, durft, need. alone.
sf
thurt tig,durftig, aj. poor, needy. einig, énig, einic, a/I pr. any,
thurnin, aj. thorny. anyone.
thurri, duni, 0] . dry, withered. ein-11f, num. eleven.
thuruh, durst, rm. thirst. einon, 1011. II, unite;wir birun
thurstag, aj. thirsty. gieinot, we agree.
thursten, dursten, thirst, eiscon, 1011. II, investigate, de
I,
1011.
be thirsty impers. c. an. of mand, ask.
;
person. ellen, ollian, sn. courage, bravery,

thuruh, thurah, diu-uh, durah, strength.
pup. c. a . through, by, on ellian-licho, av. courageously.
endi, enti, see anti. erstérben = ar-stérban.
cj.
endion, um. (:22 enton), II, end. erwacta, pret. ring. of ar
3.
enér, pr.-aj. (ille), that, you. weaken.
engi, ongo, aj. narrow. erwérphan -= ar-wérphan.
engil, sm. angel. éwa. (Goth. 6iws),
:f.
eternity,
éno, partr'cle interrogative, num law.
quid, nonne. é-wart, sm. é-warto, zum. priest.
enstig, aj. gracious. éwida, eternity; 2i éwidu,
enti = anti, for ever.
q'.
and. everlastingly,
enti, m. end. éwig, aj. eternal, everlasting.
ent6n,end6n, endi6n,um. II,end. éwin, aj. eternal.
a0, see io. éwinig, aj. eternal.
or, hér, pers. pr. he. ewit (Goth. awépi), .m. ock of
or (Goth. aiz), .m. ore, brass. sheep.
or, av. ere, before, formerly; éqqan, éaan, :11. V, eat.
:7 .
before, until prep. c. dal. before. eqqih, sm. vinegar.
;
6m, sf renown, honour.

erbarmén, see ir-barmén. F. V.
erbolgan, pp. of ar-bélgan. fagar, aj. beautiful.
érda (hordn), earth. fihrm, VII, catch, seize, take.
sf.
:11.
érd-cnnni, .m. tribes of the earth. fahs, rm. hair of the head.
érd-gi-ruornessi, m. earthquake. fallnn, 511. VII, fall.
Grd-ring, sm. orbit of the earth. far (mm. pl. ferri), :m. ox.
érén, III, firn, firi,
.g/l
11111. honour. snare, danger,
ervirrit, nr- rren.
see temptation.
erfuoron, pret. pl. of ar-faran. faran, varan, :11. VI, g0.
3.
érgréhti = ére-gréhti, far-brennen, varprennen, um.
I,
mercy,
grace. burn up.
erhaban, pp. of ar-he en. far-brinnan, :11. III, burn up.
erhihan = ar-h ihan. far-dolén, fartholén, um. III,
arhangan, pp. of ar-hihan. suffer, bear, endure.
ériro (Goth. ail-inn), aj. campar. far-géban, xv. V, give, forgive.
former. fad-kip, imper. 2. sing. of far
érist-boran, part. aj. rstborn. géban.
éristo, aj. super]. rst ni éristo, far-cou en, -coufon, 1011. sell.
I,
;
at rst, for the rst time. far-mullen, um. break, pound.

I,
eroantis, subj. pret. 2. sing. of varprennen, see far-brennen.

ir-kennon. var-senken, -senkan, um. sink,
I,
er-kiosan, :11. II, try, choose, destroy.

select. far-slintan, :11. III, swallow up.
erlosen = ar-loeen. var-nwélhan, :11. III, swallow
er-losida, up, gulp
.9 :
redemption. u suck up.

,
erougen, see ar-ougen. fart, vnrt, course, joumey._

.v
er-rahhon, 1011. II, tell, relate.

.
orreokit, pp. of ar-reoken. fatl'tin,part.aj.condemned,guilty,

ost.
er-sluogin, pret. subj. pl. of fart-muodi, aj. weary, tired by
a
3.
ar-alahan. journey.
GLOSSARY I55
faata, r-stantnisai, .m. understanding.
.y'.
fast, fasting.
fast-muoti, fnstmuati, aj. con r-trngan, rdrngan, :11. VI,
stant, rm. bear, endure.
fater, water, :1 . father. r-tuon, v. anom. give pain, curse.
tater-16u, aj. fntherless. r-wérdan, m. 111, perish.
fan, m. vessel. r-wiqnnn, pret.-pres. re . be
faqna, vagqn, burden. sensible, reasonable.
fe'hon, 11111. II, eat, feast. ec, rm. sh.
féhtan, véhtan, :11. III, ght. ego = sco, gm. pl. of sc.
feiqqit, feiqit, aj. fat. ur, viur, vm'r, .m. re.
felgen, wv. lay claim to some zua-heit,
I,
sf.
cuuningness, sly~
thing for oneself (dat.). ness.
fe'lt, volt, :11. eld, land. éhtan, :11. III, plait, twist.
for, av. from afar. iohan, iahan, 11!. II, tr. and
f5rah, :11. life. intr. escape.
férro, av. afar, distant, from afar. iq, :rn. diligence, zeal, exertion.
fers, vére, :m. verse. iqqan, gi iqan, :v. strive
I,
festi, rmness; in festi, av.
.tf
zealously.
surely, certainly. inqig, igig, aj. diligent, zealous.
festinon, 1011. ll, fasten, make fohe, aj. pl. few. ' I
fast. fol, aj. c. gen. and dat. full.
nlun, pret. pl. of fallnn. folgén, 1011. III, follow.
aut, viant, iant, rm. enemy. folk, I010, :11. people.
figa, w/I g. vol-list, help, aid, pleasure.
:f.
hu, .m. cattle. follon, av. completely, very.

llen, wv. fon, von, prep. dat. and inrtr.
I,
scourge. c.
lu, lo, vilo, unin . neut. c. gen. from, concerning, about, by
;
and av. much. t'on thiu, therefore; fon thén,
mf, nf, nmn. ve. among them.
ndan, :11. Ill, nd, perceive. fona, prep. c. dat. from, of.
nf-hunt, 1mm. ve hundred. fora, for, vora, prep. :. a'at. be
nf-zug, 1mm. fty. fore, in the presence of, against.
ngar, nger, vinger, sm. nger. fora-futnn, :11. VI, go before.
nstarnessi, m. darkness. fora-sage, wm. prophet.
nstri, darkness. for-brennen, varprennemwu.
I,
or, vior, 1mm. four. consume, burn up.

r-damnon, wv. ll, condemn. vor-faran, see fur-faran.
rdan, pp. of r-tuon as aj. for-giibnn, :v. V, forgive.
;
guilty. forhta,
-jf.
fear.
rihn,viriha, (no/11451.), sm. men. forhtantén, pm. part. dat. pl. of
rina, virina, forhten.
.yf.
guilt, sin, mis

deed. forhten, um. fear, be afraid, be
I,
virin-lih, aj. terrible. in fear.

rin-luet, sf. criminal lust, desire. for-coufen, um. sell.
I,
r-meinen, wv. show, make clear. for-liqnn, VII,

forgive, leave,
:11.
r-sagén, wv. Ill, deny. dismiss, send away.
r-slintan, :11. III, swallow up. for-liqnesai, m. forgiveness.
vorlieq, pm. I. 3. ring. of for furben, 1011. I, sweep, clean.

liqan. furdir, aw. further to the front,
for-lust, If loss, waste. henceforth.
forna, an. before. fur-faran, vorfaran, :11. VI, pass
for-stnmmu, :11. VI (pret. -stuont, away.
-atuot), understand, get to know, fur-goumo-I6son, 10v. II, neglect,
perceive. disregard.
frigén, 1011. III, ask. furi, prep. c. acc. before.
fram, av. forwards, far, out. furi-faran, ru. VI, pass by.
-am-bringan, :11. III (we § 178, furi-magan, pret.», res. the get
note 2),bring forward, proclaim. upper hand, overcome.
( ram-hald, aj. bent forward, for furiro, av. :ompar. to fnri, former,
ward. greater, more; neut. aj. as (m.
fram-quéman, :71. IV, go out. furira, more.
frino, see frono. fuxi-sizzen, -sitzen, :11. V, sit
awa-Echo, a1}. joyfully. away, lose by sitting.
fréht, service, merit. furi-stentida, understanding.
fremmen, fremen, um. I, ful l. furcou t, pres. 3 sing. of far
frewen, frouwen, um. I, be glad ; oou en.
re . rejoice. furliqqan = for-linnn.
frewida, sf joy. furlegampp. of fur-ligan ; as a].
fridu, :m. peace. adulterous.
f riie-tag, sm. Friday. fur-ligan, :11. V, commit adultery.
frist, sf time. fur-liosan, forliosan, :11. II, lose,
friunt, vriunt, sm. friend. destroy.
Ini (Goth. frauja), wm. master; fur-nidaren, um. I, condemn.
no min, used only in reference furnidirit= furnidarit.
to Christ or an angel. furstantan = for-stantan.
frfmisc, fr6nisg, beautiful, fur-wérdan, :11. III, perish.
shining, holy. fuzze = phuzza, sf well.
frono, frino, aj. indecl. (properly
gen. pl. of t ), master), divine, G.
holy, beautiful. gihen, gigihen, hasten,
I,
1011.
frowon, frouwon, 107l. II. re . hurry.

rejoice. gib n, av. quickly, suddenly.
fruht,.5) . fruit. galla, wf. gall.
'uma, sf advantage, interest. galtan = gi-haltan.
frummen, frumman, gifrum gaman, .m.play, fun, joy.
men, um. I,
perform, do, make. gin, see gangan.
fuir, vuir, ur, m. re; see ur. ga-nerien = nerien.
fallen, um. I, ful l, ll. gang, :m. going, walking, way.
a
fullida, completion, end. gangan, gin, 3611, :11. VII, go,

f uogen, fuagen, um. I, unite, put walk.
together, combine. ga-nist, kanist, deliverance,
.g/I
fungi, fuagi,
sf:
addition, con safety.

nection. ga-nuhtaam, kinuhtsam, aj.
fuoq, rm. foot. plenteous.
GLOSSARY 157
gaot = guot. gi-thiuto, av. suitably, tly, nobly.

garawen, garuen, run. I, make gi-drahta, see trahta.
ready, prepare. glthrewen = threwen.
giro (gm. gal-was), oj. ready. giduat, imper. 2. p1. of tuon.
garo, av. entirely, completely, giduot, see tuon.
very. gi-enton, uru. II, end, accomplish.
gart, sm. boundary, circle. gi-fang, m. dress, clothing.
garwen -= garawen. gi-t angida, kefangida,
5f
cap
gust, :01. guest. tivity.
goat-h e, .m. inn. givéha, suly'. pres. sg. of gi
3.
géba, gift. féhan.
.rf
géhan, képan, :11. V, give, grant. gi-féhan, :11. V, rejoice, be glad.

geet, pres. sg. and 2. pt. to gi-fého, wm. joy, gladness.
3.
gangan. gi ang, pret. sg. of fihan.

gegin-wérti, :f. presence. gi-folgén, 1011. III, pursue, follow.
géhan, :11. V, confess. See 91. gi-fremmen, gin-omen, um.
I,
5
geiat, sm. ghost, spirit. perform, ful l.

ge-kunni, aj. inborn, hereditary. gift,
:ji
gift.
géltan, :11. III, return, make good, gi-fullen, :011. ful l, perform,
I,
pay for, pay. accomplish.
gonér, se: jenér. gi-gihan, see gihen.
gérn-lihho, av. diligently, ear gi-haltan (galtan), cahaltan, :11.
nestly, mrefully. VII, hold, keep, preserve.

gérno, kérno, av. gladly, readily, gi-heilan, um. heal, lave.
gihohan, see hohen.
I,
willingly.
g5l-on, kéron, 1011. II, gérén, Wu. gi-hugen, um. think gm.
I,
c.
III, wish, request.
;
remember.
gevuhti, pret. subj. sg. of giquétan, pp. of quédan.
3.
féhtan. gi-kiosan, :11. II, choose.

gi-beini, .m. bones, legs. gilamf, pret. sg. of gi-lim
3.
gi-bérahton, -béreht.on, 1011. II, phan.

glorify. gi-liri, :11. room, space, abode.
gi-béran = béran. gi-laubo, wm. faith.
gi-bérgan = bérgan. gilérit, pp. as aj. learned.
zi-bét, gebét, kebét, .m. prayer. gi-Iih, aj. like, similar; after gm.
gi-biotan, :11. II, bid, order, com~ pl. = each, every.
mend. gi-lihnessi, .m. parable.
gi-birgi, m. mountain, hilly gi-liho,av. in like manner.
country. gi-limphan, :11. III,
be meet, t;
gibiudist, pr:s. 2. sg. of gi impe . c. dat. oportet, decet.
biotan. gilinp t = gilimphit.
gi-bot, .m. edict. gi-louba, galaupa, calaupa, kl.
gi-burt, lauba,
qf
birth. faith, belief.

gi-thank, gidanc, gadanch, .wu. gi-louben, um. believe, c. dat.
I,
thought. gi-lumpf-lih, gilumplih, aj. be

gi-thingi, .m. consultation, hope. tting, t, suitable.
gidiurit, see tiuren. gi-luet, desire, joy, satisfaction.
I}:
gi-lust-Iih, aj. joyful, pleasant. gi-sellio, wm. house-mate, com

gi-l ten = l ten. panion, friend.
gi-maoha, thing, affair. gi-semou, wv. II, assemble.
sf.
gi-mahha, wife. gisentidiu, pp. nom. pl. neut. of
gi-marcon, wv. II, appoint. senten.
gi-meinen, 101/. make common, gi-sezzen, -aetzen, um.
I,
place,
I,
unite, exhibit. put.
gi-mirrot, aj. part. spiced or gi-uiht, visi'on.
mixed with myrrh. gi-sindi, m. retinue.
gi-mrmt, gi~scaft,
Iy .
memory. creature.
If
gi-muntigon, 1011. II, remember. gi-skeid, rn. separation, decision,
gi-nida, ganida, gennda, ka end.
nada, mercy, grace, favour. gi-scouw6n, wv. II, look upon,
.f.
gi-nidig, kenadig, aj. kind, regard.

merciful. gi-scrib, :11. writing, scripture,
gi-nadon, 1011. II, geniden (ken census.
dit, Ps. cxvi), 1011. be gracious, gi- standan, to stand; .w stsntan.
I,
have mercy upon. gi-stillen = stillen.

gi-nemnen = nemnen. gi-stirri, .m. star, constellation.
gi-nésan, ganésan, :11. V, be gi-sund, aj. safe, sound, unhurt.
saved, remain alive, get away. gi-trenken, um. give to drink.
I,
gi-noto, av. exactly, zealously, gi-triwi, gidriuwi, af. true, faith
very.
11
.
.
gi-noq, rm. sharer, partaker. gi-turran, gidurrun, kiturran,

gi-nuhtsami, sf abundance, pret.-pres. dare, venture.
plenty. gi-wahan, :11. VI, mention, relate.
gi-nuog, kinuog, q/., av. enough. gi-walt,
sf
power.
gi-nuogi, ginuagi, aj. enough. gi-waltan, kiwaltan, :11. VII,
gi- nuogi, ginuagi, abundance, rule over, wield.
.gf.
sut cieney. gi-want, .m. turning, end.

gi-o anon (pret. sg. gio o giwant, pp. of gi-wenten.
notn), wv. II, open. gi-wara, av. carefully, attentively.
gioqaan, :11. II, pour. gi-wara-lioho, av. in truth, truly.
gi-riti, gariti, m. advice, re gi-witi, .m. clothing, garment,
solve, conclusion. dress.
giréhfeatigot, pp. of réht-festi gi-wédar, pr. both the one and
gon. the other, both.
kirida, kyrida, desire, g'i-wélih, pr. all, every one.
4f
giliida,
ust. gi-weltig, aj. having power,
gi-rihten, um. c. gm. inform of,
I,
powerful.
'
_acquaint with; direct, guide. gi-wenten, 1011. convert, turn.

I,
gin-en, .m irren. gi-wérban, :11. III, turn, convert.

gi-rusti, .m. arrangement, pre gi-wérdon, kawérdon, 10v. II,
paration. deign, vouchsafe, be pleased.
gi-samanon, 1011. II, gather to gi-werri, .m. sedition, rebellion.
gether. gi-wésso, av. indeed, certainly,
gi-uéhan = séhan. therefore, but.
GL OSSAR Y I 59
gi-widaron, 1011. II, resist, be H.

against, be hostile to.
gi-winnan, :11. III, attain, reach, hnbén, hapén, haban, lupan,
conquer. wv. III, have.
gi-wissi, sf certainty ; in giwieai, hnft, aj. bound, chained.
certainly. hihan, :11. VII, hang, crucify.
gi-wiqneesi, J. testimony, cove hilingon, av. secretly.
halou, :ee holon.
nant.
gi-wiq-scaf, sf testimony. haltan, :11. VII, watch, keep,
gi-wiqqida, kswiqida, under hold.
g".
standing, wisdom. hall, aj. lame.
gi-won, aj. wont, accustomed. hamal-stat, place of Calvary.
.9 .
gi-wona, rwf. custom. hangén, 1011. III, hang.
gi-wona-heit, hano, wm. cock.
sf
custom.
giwuagin, :ubj. pm. pl. of gi hanaa, . cohort.
s
wahan. hant, . hand.
s
gi-wurt, joy, pleasure. hantolon, wu. II, touch with the
.7 .
gi-aal, aj. easy, quick. hand, treat.

gi-zimi, aj. becoming, tting. hapan, see habén.
gi-aeihhanc'm, wv. II, signify, hapéta, sg'. of hlbén.
pm.
give sign. haranscara, :u harm-soara.
a
gi-niug, m. implement. hnrén, herén, (Goth. hazjan), 10v.

gi-mmgi, .m. language. III, call, cry.
gold, m. gold. harm, sm. harm, insult, outrage.
gem-man, rm. husband. harm-eoara,haranwam,
y.
pain
gomo, wm. man. ful punishment, chastisement.
got, god, rm. God. hart, herti, aj. hard.
got~cund, af. divine. harto, an. very much.
got-mun, :m. servant of God. hnqqon, wv. II, hate.
goto-webbi, .m. purple robe. hé = hér, n: 51'.
goto-webbin, aj. purple. hebet, imper. 2. pl. of he 'en.
gouma, dinner, supper, good hobig, aj. -= hevig, heavy.
sf.
fortune; gouma néman, per hebiti, hebitos, hebist, see

5
ceive, observe. 198, note 2.

grab (pl. grebir), m. grave, he en, hevan, haven, .mVI, lift,
tomb. raise.
graban, :11. VI, dig up. he g, hevig, hebig, aj. heavy,
grivo, wm. ruler, president, weighty, important; he g sin,
governor. he troublesome.
gruoni, aj. green. heidan, aj. as rubs-t. pagan,
gund-fano, wm. war-standard. heathen.
guollih, gunllih -= guntlih, guot heidan, heidin, aj. heathen.
lih, aj. good, friendly, glorious; heigan, see eigun.
an. guallicho. hail, aj. safe, unhurt, sound,
guot, gunt, gaot,aj. good; compar. whole; heil wisl = Lat. salve,
beqgiro, mperl. boeailto. ave, hail!
heilm, an. pl. man. of hail.
heilag, aj. holy. hilfa. =hilfa, help.

heilag'nosai, m. holiness. himil, rm. heaven.
heilagon, 102'. II, hallow, sanctify. himilisc, himiliag, nj. celestial,
heilant, 5m. Saviour, Jesus. heavenly.
heilaaen, um. I, greet, salute. himil-aungal, m. heavenly star.
heilnaunga, sf. salutation. hinin, av. from this place; fon
heilen, wv. I, save, heal. hind-n, moreover, besides.
heili, heilida, sf safety, salvation. hina-vart,.rf. departure, journey to.
heilizita, pret. sg. of heilaaen. hintar-quéman, :11. IV, go back,
heim, mm. home. be frightened (c. gem).
heimina, 'av. away from home. hi0 = i0, eo, ever.
from home. hirti, sm. shepherd.
hoim-wartes, av. homewards. hiu, pr. instr. sg. of was, there
bait-hnft, aj. belonging to the fore ; bi hiu, wherefore.
priesthood. hiutu, av. on this day, to-day.
heiq, aj. hot, urgent, important. hiwiski, :11. family.
heia-muoti, : anger, wrath. hlt iten, lt'iten, 10v. 1, give a sound,
hoinqan, heiqan, sv. VII, intr. be sound.
called ; tr. name, command. hob, aj. high.
heiqao, heiqo, av. ardently, fer hohen, gihohen, an}. I, make
vently. high, exalt.
helden, 11111. I, bend. hohi, height; foil hohi (ex
harm, sf help. alto), from on high.
hélfan, hélphan, .rv. III, help. hohisto, aj. super]. of hob.
hiilfant, rm. elephant. hoisto = hbhiatO.
héllan, :v. III, sound. hold, holt, aj. gracious, faithful.
holli-wiqqi, m. punishment of hell, holon, halt'm, wv. II, h01611, 100.
hell. III, fetch, call, invite.
hér, pr. he, ree 6:. holz, .m. wood.
hora, av. hither. hona, sf. derision, mockery.
hora-sun, av. hither. honen, wv. I, spot, mock.
hérda, .m érda. hon-lib, aj. ignominious. _
herén, u: harén. h6ren,h6rren,wv. I, hear ; c. dat
heri, .m. army. obey.
heri-aoho, tum. chief. horn, m. horn.
hérosto, hériato, aj.xuperl. chief. horn-gibruoder, rm. leper.
héroti, m. mastership, superiority, houbit, houpit, :71. head.
magistrates, senate. huggen, huckan, gihukken,
hérro, 10m. master. kyhukken, gihuggen, um. I,
horti, see hart. think of.
herti, J. hardness. huldi, If favour.
hérza, wm. heart. hungaren, wv. I, hunger.
hiar, hia, hér, av. here. hun'oeri, :m. centurion.
hiengin, suéj. pret. pl. of hihan. huora,
sf.
adultery.
hiar. here ; see also hiar. hursken, hursgem'wv. exercise,
I,
hier-wiat, .gf. (lit. being here), life make zealous.

on earth. his, :n. house.
GLOSSARY 161
ii, inti, indi, ind,
ij
.m and see anti
inti . . inti, both . . . and.
;
15..
ibu, ipn,
cj.
if.
.
int-Hheri, inliheri, rm. nsurer.
i.h, pers.pr.
I.
ilen, illen, um. money-lender.
I,
hasten. int-airmen, inaiznen,
ilunga, haste. xv. V, fear,
.rf. apprehend.
im-bot, .vn. command, order.
imo: = imo in-tratan, :v. VII, be afraid of.
éa.
imoq =imo is.
int-stantan, instandan, :11. VI,
understand.
in,prep. c. acc. into; dat. z'mtr. with,
int.- witen, wv. undress, take off.
I,
in,among, between; in alawiri, io, eo, av. ever, always.
verily; in thiu, in this, herein.
in, pr. dat. p1,, to them. io-gi-lih, iagilih, aj. pr. each.
inan, him tam). io-gi-wélih, pr. each, every,
all.
inan, pr:p.c.dal. in, within; inan
in, within themselves. ioh, .m joh.
io-man, iaman, eoman, pr.
in-brinnan, inprinnan, :11. III, indef.
anyone.
take re, kindle, in ame.
io~mér, iamér, av. ever.
in-thihan, :. gun., to under
I,
:11.
take
io-wiht, iawiht, pr. anything,
thing.
a
in-fihan, :v. VII, conceive. aught.

ipu, se: ibu.
in-gagan, prep. :. dat. against.
ir, prep, sn ur.
in-gangan, ing n, :11. VII, enter, ir, pr. pers. ye.
go into.
ingeit, pres. 3. sg'. of in-gan ir-barmén, erbarmén, 2011. III.
gun. have pity or compassion on.
in-géltan, :v. III, c. gm. pay for,
ir-bitan, :v.
I,
expect, abide.
ir-thenken, um. devise, think
I,
pay penalty for.

out.
in-orébon, 10v. II,
rebuke. irdin, aj. of earth.
in-liuhten,
I,
1011. give light. irdualta, pret. sg. of ir-twellen.

innan, inan, innana, av. within,
inside.
ir-thwesben, see thwesben.
innuovilu,m. p1. entrails innuo ir- ndan, sv. III, nd.
vilu miltida, viscera miseri ir-forhten, yrforahten, um.
;
I,
cordiae, rz . be afraid.
most inward (tender) ir-fullen, um. ful l.
I,
mercy.
ir-furben, yrfurben, arfurpan,
-
inphihan in- rhan. =

um.
I,
inphieng, sweep clean, sweep away.

p
ret. . of int
.
ir-géban,
5
s
V,
argéban, :v.
3
fi-han. give
intfagana pp. ace. up, hand over.
of
g
m2.
f
ir-kennen, um. perceive, know,

4'
.
I,
int-fahaln.
rnt-fihan, understand.
.rv. VII, conceive,
take ir-knian,irkni.haen, um. (pm.
under one s protection,
I
receive. Otfrid irknuatit), know, recog

int-fuoren, intfuaren,
I,
101}. lead nize, perceive.

A
away, withdraw, remove.
ir-lesgen=arlesgen,
rntgangan, VII, 10v. de
1,
:71.
escape, get stroy.
away.
ir-reinon, 1011. II, make clean.
WRIGHT
M
inch, girren, 11111. I; irron, in, in, a-u. now, already, yet.
girrt'm, 1011. 11, lead astray. jung, iung, aj. young; mmpar.
ir-retten, um. I, deliver, rescue. jungiro, as subst. disciple;
irrr'm, 1011. II, go astray, err. superl. jungisto, youngest, last.
ir-sagén, am. 111, tell in full.
ir~skinan, :11. I, begin to shine, K, C (before a, o, u), Oh, Q.
shine.
ireluagin, pret. pl. subj. of ar ka-danoh, cadano, rm. thought.
slahan. ca-haltan, sec gi-haltan.
ir- smahén, wv. IlLbecome small, ca-laupa, kalnuba, sec gi-louba.
appear insigni cant. kan, se: kunnan.
irstérban = ar-stérban. ka-nida, see gi-nida.
ir-euochen,-suohhen,-suaohen, kanerien, canerien = nerien.
1011. I, seek, investigate. kap, put. 3. sg. of géban.
ir-teilen, irdeilen, 1011. I, judge, ka-wérdc'm, se: gi-wérdon.
condemn. kn-wiqnida, r2: gi-wiqaidn.
ir-twellen, irdwellen, 1011. I, re ke-bét, see gi-bét.
tard, delay, put off. ke-fangida, see gi-fangida.
ir-wellen, 1011. I, choose, intend. keisur, keisor, sm. emperor.
ir-wenten, 11111. I, turn aside. k c-prunno, :ee quéc-brunno.
ir-werten, nrwartan, 1011. I, hurt, kecriftiu, pp. fem. sg. mm. of
destroy. kripfen.
ir-wintan, :11. III, 4:. gm. cease a ke-lop, aj. praised, renowned.
thing. kempfo, khenfo, wrn. warrior,
ir-nellen, um. I, relate. soldier.
isin, aj. of ice; isine stains, kérno, see gérno.
crystals, cryolites. khiming, khunio, .ree cuning.
ital, aj. empty. ki-hnlon, se: gi-halon.
ita-win, itiwiq, rm. reproach. ki-huct, memory, thought.
.gf.
itv-mili, aj. festive. kioorana, pp. pl. of kiosan.

iu, pr. dat. pl. of thir. ki-lih, ree gi-lihs
in, see in. ki-nida, see gi-nada.
iung, iungiro, se: jung. kinamta, pm. sg. of nemnen.
iuwér, iuér, pora pr. your. kind, 5n. child.
ia, pnp., see an. kinuok, ree ginuog.
in, pr. it. kiosan, :11. II, choose.
in, imper. 2. :g. of éqnan. kipannit, pres. 3. sg. of barman.
ki-scirri, .m. vessel.
ki-starkan, make strong,
I,
11111.
J.
fortify.
in, ii, av. yea. verily. kiatentit, pres. sg. of hi
3.
15mm, mm. sorrow, grief. standan, gi-atandan.

.m. year. lei-tar, pm. . sg. of ki-turran,
3.
15.1 ,
1
jéhan, géhan, :11. V, confess, de gi-turran.

Sn ki-tarnen, 1011. hide, conceal.
I,
clare. 5 91.
jenér, genér, pr. dem. that, yon. kitriu t, pres. sg. of trioffan.
3.
joh, ioh, even, also, and. clat'unga,

sf:
gnashing.
GLOSSARY I63
kleiben, um. I, fasten. kunden, chunden,
I,
um. pro
kleini, aj. pretty, neat, small ; av. claim, show, announce.
kleino. ounigin,
sf
queen.
kleini, neatness, exactness, art. g, khunic, khuning,
:f.
:m.
knéht, :m. boy, servant. ounink
in .
kneo, knio (gm. knéwes, kuning-lib, aj. kingly, regal.

kniwea), .m. knee. kunnan, pret.-pres. be able, can,
come, subj. res. sg. of qué know; pres. 1. 3. sg. kan.
3.
man. See 179, note. cunni, chunni, :11. race, genera
§
com-memgom-man,sm.husband. tion, kinship.

corn, korn, m. corn. kuolén, kuelén, um. III, become
coron, 1011. II, c. gm. taste, test, cool.
try. kuon-heitz,kuanhelt,.f boldness,
corona (Lat. corona), garland, bravery.
sf.
crown. kuoni, kuani, chuam', aj. brave.

kosa, point of dispute, narra kuono, av. bravely.
sf
tion. kuphar, chupfer (Lat. cuprum),

koson, 1021. II, speak. m. copper.
costunga, curet, see curi.
sf
temptation.
kot, got, sm. God. curi, pl. curit, curet mper. with
0011!, :01. business. neg. ni curl = Lat. noli; pro
cou en, ooufen, um. perly the 514b] . pm. to kiosan.
I,
buy.
kreftig, aj. strong, powerful. klll' , shortness, brevity.
sf
kripfen, kri en, cue, rm. kiss.

I,
um. snatch
away, seize. cuesen, cusean, um. kiss.
I,
crippea, kyhuklten, :u huggen.
.gf.
manger.
criioi, chr ci, krfioi, m. cross,
cruci x. L.
crimson, 1011. II, crucify. ladon, Wu. H, invite, call.
quidhun, pm. 3.p]. of quédan. lahan, m. veil.
chuanheit. = kuanheit see lahhan, .m. cloth, cloak.
;
kuonheit. 1aota,pret. sg. of lecken.

quéo, chuéoh, aj. quick, alive, lamb, .m. lamb.
living. lang-lih, aj. long.
quéo-brunno, kia'opruno, am. lango, av. long, a long time.
living water; an. sg. quéc lant, .m. land.
prunnan. lnnt-scat , district, country.
.y'.
quédan, m. V, say, tell, name. lant-thiot, people of the land.

.m.
kuelén, :u kuolén. lastar, m. blame, complaint.
qu s'man, :11. IV, come. lauo, se: loug.
quena, wfl wit'e, woman. liqnan, linnn, VII,
let, allow,
:11.
quidih = quidu ih. leave; liq nil, used like Lat. sine.
cumin, .m. cymiuum, cummin. laqnén, 1011. III, tarry, linger.
oumist, cumit, z. :g. of qué lébén, lépén, um. Ill, live.
3.
man. See 179, note. leoken, um. wet.

I,
5
cund, aj. known as subst. pl. legen,leggen (G oth. lagj an), :011.
;
kinsfolk. lay, place.

I,
M2
164- OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER
leid, losunga, deliverance, redemp
sf
.m. grief, pain.
leidhor, mmpar. of laid ; inlj. tion.
alasl loufan, sv. VII, run.
1eisten, wv. I, perform, grant. loug, lauc, rm. ame.
leiten, wv. I, lead. 162;, :11. lot, fate; in 16459
= Lat.
leitid, :m. guide, leader. sorte.
lengi, length. lucil = Iuzil.
sf.
lenzo, 1001. spring. luft, g . air.

led (gm. léwes), :m. grave. lugi, luki, If
lie, untruth.
léra, teaching, doctrine. luginiri, rm. liar.
.9 :
lérren, léren (Goth. Itiisjan), wv. lust, joy, gladness.

lusten, um. impers. c. dat. wish
I,
teach, instruct.
I,
lésen, rv. V, read, gather. for.

léwes, lés, intny'. ah alas! lr'rten, see hl ten.
!
lewinna, wf. torrent, stream. li'ito, av. loudly, aloud.

lib, lip, m. life, body. luzzig, lunig, aj. little.
libben (from *libja-n) um. live. Iuzzil, luzil, lucil, aj. small,
I,
,
lid, rm. wine, a kind of spirituous little.

intoxicating drink.
lidan, sv.
M.
go, drive.
I,
liggen, ligan (from *ligjan), mig, mak, sm. relation.

likkan, :v. V, lie, lie down. magad-burt, bringing forth
if:
lih-hamo, lihamo, wm. body, from virgin.
a
corpse. magan,mugan,pret. -pres.be able.

Hohezeri, :m. hypocrite. maga-zogo, magaezogo,wm. edu
lindo, av. softly, mildly. cator, trainer.
linén, wv. III, recline, lean down. magin, kinswoman.
sf.
liod, lioth, .m. song, hymn. mahal, m. judgment, doom.

liogan, sv. II, lie (mentiri). mahalen, wv. betroth.
I,
lioht, mahal-stat, place of judgment.

.9 ;
:11. light.
:v. II, draw lots, maht,
.y/I
lioqqan, cast strength, power.

lots. maht, pres. 2. sg. of magan,
lip-leita, lib-leita, livelihood, mugan.
sustenance. mahtig, aj. mighty.
list, s/n. science, art. mac, pm. 1. sg'. of magan,
3.
listig, aj. wise, cunning. mugan.

liuf, pret. I. sg. of lout an. machon, 1011. II, make, do, prepare.
I, 3.
liuhten, um. shine. mammonto, av. gently, friendly,

liut, m. folk. lovingly.
lob, m. praise, glory. mammunti,m. friendliness, gentle
lobc'm, wv. II, praise. ness, blessedness.
loo, sm. hair. man mannes), sm. man.
(gum.
16min, 1011. II, dat. pers. gm. rei, manag, aj. much; nom. pl. 1mm.
reward. manage, many.
16s, .m. dissoluteness, wantonness. manag-falt, aj. manifold.
losen, lossan, um. make free, man-kunni,manchunni,m.man
I,
free, deliver. kind.

GLOSSARY 165
mannilih, aj. each, every. mihil, mihhil, aj. great.

mannogilih, aj. each, every. mihhilnessi, .y n. majesty.
man-slago, wm. murderer. mihhiloson, 1011. II, magnify.
mnn-slnhta, y. murder. miltida, :f. mercy.
mine, wm. moon. min, poss. pr. my.
minod, month.
.9 .
minua, love.
mnnon, wv. II, warn, exhort, re minniro, nj. compar. less; av.
mind. mm.
miniide, dat. sg. of minod. minnon, 1011. II, love, like.
miran, um. make known, pro minaa, wf. mint.
I,
claim. min-a, myrra, wf myrrh.

marha, mar-ca, boundary, land, misken, misgen, um. mix.
sf.
I,
end. missndihta, pm. sg. of missi.
ma1-ha, sf. mare, horse. thenken.
miri, .m. news, tidings, story misse-lébén, tUZ1. III, lead bad
a
méri tuon, make known, pro ; life.
claim, relate. missi-spréhhan,missaspréhhan,
marcon, marchon, 1011. II, mark :11. 1V, speak amiss.
o ', settle, appoint. miasi-tuon, missatuon, 11. anom.
man-it, pres. sg., :u merren. do amiss.
3.
mien, wf. wound, scar. miasi-, missa-thenken, um.
I,
megin, m. strength, power. think amiss, wrong.
meina, bi thia missi-, mines-tit, :f. misdeed.
.y'.
opinion;
meina, verily. missi-tr wén, missidr én, 1011.
meinen, um. mean, think. III, mistrust.
I,
main-Ewart, :rn. perjury, false mit, pup. :. dat. and inrtr. with;
oath. rarely acc. with mit thiu, mit
;
main-tit, meindit, diu, when, while, after, seeing

.gf.
evil deed.
meiatar, sm. master. that.
meiato, aj. superl. greatest. mittemo, tom. the midst, middle.
menden, 1021. rejoice. mitti, aj. middle.
I,
menigi, multitude, crowd, host. mittila-gart, mittilgart,

.3) .
rm.
menigiro, zompar. of manag. earth, world.
meriniaki, human form. mohta, pm. I. of magan,
:f
sg.
3.
mennisco, mennisgo, tum. man. mugan.

meri-grioq, rm. pearl. molta, dust, earth.
.gf.
méro (Goth. maiza), aj. compar. mord, rmn. murder.

greater; av. mér; neut. p1. as morgan-lih, ry'. pertaining to the
an. more. morning, morning.
méron, 1011. II,
increase. mot, sec muot.
men-en, man-an, um. hinder, mugan, magma, makan, pm.
I,
prevent, disturb, mar. pre:.,may, be able; pret. 1.3.13 .

métar (Lat. metrum), :11. metre. mag, mac 13rd. sg. mohta.
;
méq, .m. measure. mugga, mucca, :w_f. gnat, midge.

méqqan, :11. V, measure. mund, rm. mouth.
mieta, miata, swf. reward, pay, muor, m. moor, swamp.
wages. muos, m. food.
muot, must, mot, mm. mind, nio, av. never; strengthened form
spirit, courage. nlo in altars.
muoter, muater, sf mother. nio-man, pr. no one.
_ muoqqan, muoqan, pret.-pres. nio-wiht, m. nothing.
may, can, must. nioaqan, nioqan, niaqan, :v. H,
muruwi, aj. tender. use, enjoy, share in.
muspilli, m. destruction of the nist, not.
is
world, day of judgment, the last niunto, ninth.
day. niuwi, niwi, aj. new.
ni-wan,
rj.
N. nothing but, except.
noh, av. yet, and not; noh .
.
.
nib, prep. :. dat. and instr. near, noh, neither . . nor.
.
close by, by, about. nollo, wm. hill.
nihen, 1011. I, approach,come near. not, need, trouble, danger; bi
sf
nihisto, super]. of nah; subst. noti, necessarily, by necessity.
10m. neighbour. notag, notac, aj. distressed, in
naht, night.
.gf.
need.
naht-wnhta,
sf
nightwatch. not-smile, wm. companion in ad

nib-win, :f. a being near. versity, fellow in arms.
nalles (=ni-alles), nalas, nales, nu, av. now.
av. not, not at all, not however. nube, nub, see nibi.
na-mo, 10m. name. nunft, numft, taking, receiv
sf.
a
namon, 1212!. II, name. ing.
namtun, pm. pl. of nemnen. nuzni,
:f.
use.
nan = inan, him.
mu'tha, nnrda. 0.
natra, oba,
if.
viper, adder.
E].
no = ni, not. obanentig, aj. uppermost.

neigen, um. bend, incline. obanentigi, sf. the top.
I,
néman = nio-man, 5m. no one. obar, przp. :. an. over, upon.

néman, :11. IV, take, take down. 6d-muotig, aj. humble, meek.
nemnen, nemnan, nemmen, um. odo, odn, av. perhaps.
odo,
ij.
call, name, invoke. odo, oda, or; odo .

I,
.
.
notien, nerian, nor-ran, nerran, either or. . . .

um. save, rescue. odo-win, av. perhaps.
I,
ni, neg. part. not. odo-wiln, av. by chance.

nibi, nube, nub, cj. unless. ofan, ovan, rm. oven.
nid, rm. hate, envy, anger. o anon, ofanon, wv. II, open.
nidar, av. below. ofto, av. often.
nidar-gi-sezzen (Goth. satjan), oh, 5] . but see ouh.
;
wv. put down. olbenta, wf. camel.

I,
nidar-stigan, :11.1, descend, come oli,.m. oil.

down. 6m, um. ear.
nidnrunga, ordinc'm (Lat. ordinare), wv. II,
17'.
condemnation.
nieqant, pm. 3. pl. of nioqan. ordain, put in order, arrange.
nib-ein, niehein, pr. no one, not ostana, av. from the East.
one. ostar, av. to the East, in the East.
GLOSSARY 167
outer n, oatoronpufm. p1. Easter, Q, ree K.

Pascha.
outrun, 111/1p1. the Passover, Easter.
B.
6mg, aj. rich.
ot-muoti, 6dmuoti, humility. rahhu, moha,
sf.
account, thing.
s/I
ouga, sn. eye. rahhon, raohon, kirahhbn, 1011.
ougen, ougun, wv. show. II, relate, tell.
I,
ouh, oh, rit, rm. advice, plan,
rj.
also, but. help.
ritiau, parable.
sf
IE. reda, account.
sf.
pigau, bigan.
see redi, aj. quick.
paIiuz-him, .m. palace. redi-huft, aj. reasonable.
pulw-ic, see balwig. redinon, wv. II, speak, tell, re
pan, see ban. late.
pumdis, purdisi, .m. paradise. r61(gm.révoa, réues), :m.womb.
pnrn, we burn. refsen, um. censure,
I,
reprove,
paston, rum. p1. fatlings. chide.
(gm. péhhes), :m. hell, hell régula, rule.
p6:re. réht, aj. right, just, righteous;
pfonningo, gm. pl. of phending. tn. righteousness.
phending, rm. denarius, penny. réht-feati,
.y'.
justi cation.
phuzza, fume, buzza. (Lat. pu réht-feutigon, 1011. II, justify.
teus), Well. réht-gérn, réhtkérn, aj. just, up
phuzzi, :01. well. right.
pi, ree bi. réht-lih, aj. just.
pidiu, :2: bithiu, bidiu. réhto, av. very, rightly.
pidungan, pp. of bi-thwingan; reini, aj. clean, pure; a11. reino.
aj. sad, troubled, distressed. reini, reinida,
.y'.
as purity, beauty,
pi-haltida, protection. cleanness.
pina, punishment, pain. reinon, II, make clean.
.gf.
1011.
pisaufta, pm. sg. of bi-aou en. resten, 1011. rest.
I,
pitan, see bitan. resti, rest, repose.

sf
piutit, pm. sg. of biotan. rotten, 1011. withdraw, take

I,
3.
pivallan, see bi-fallan. from, rescue.

piquome, subj. pres. sg. of richi- tuom, riohiduam,:m. king
3.
bi-quéman, arrive, come. dom.

prédiga, brédiga, sermon. rihhi, kingdom.
sf
.m.
prédigon, praedigon (Lat. pre rihhison, 1011. II, rule, reign.
dicare). 1011. II, preach. rihti, direction, rule.

prédigunga, rihtunga, judicial investigation,
.y .
preaching.
sf
pringan, .m bringan. trial.

prinnan, w: brinnan. ring, rm. ring, garland, circle.
prom, wf. prose. ringan, :11. III, ght, struggle.
prust, see brust. rioqqamrioqan,reoqqang'eoqan
pii, see bii. :11. II, weep, weep for, bewail.
puaqa, buoqs. risnn, fall.
I, I,
see :11.
purpurin, aj. purple. ritan, w. ride.
riuwa, riwa, :wf. regret, repent santtun, pm. pl. of semen.
3.
ance, sadness, penance. sar, sire (Otfrid), av. at once,
rota, :wf. reed. immediately.
rot, aj. red. sir-i0, av.strengthened form ofsar.
rouhhen, um. I, o 'er up incense. 56, :22 u60.
movn, sf number, numbering. se'dnl, .m. seat, throne.
ruofan, .rv. VII, call out, cry out. ségan, rm. blessing.
ruogon, ruegen, wv. I, accuse, ségenon, séganon, wv. II, bless.
arraign. segina, my . net.
ruog-stab, rusgstab, sm. com segist, rst. 2. sg. of sagén (sec
plaiut, charge, accusation. 193, note 2).
§
ruolihen, machen, wv. I, take séhan, :v. V, see.
account of. seher, see sér.
moren, max-en, wv. I, touch, sehhil, rm. bag, sack.
move. séhs, num. six.
ruston, 1011. I, adorn, make right. séhsto, num. sixth.
rita, 10] . rue (plant). said, :11. snare.
séla, sf. soul.
S. sélbo, pr. (ipse), self.
selida, abode, dwelling.
sf
saga, narration. sellen, selen (Goth. saljan, OE.
sagén, w'u. III, say, tell. sellan), wv. hand down,
I,
sihen, wv. I
(pret. sita), sow. transmit, deliver, betray.
sahha, sf reason, accusation. s61t-sani, aj. strange, wonderful.
salba, wj'. salve, ointment. aenden, senten (Goth. sandjan),
salb-faq, m. vessel of ointment, send, give up, throw.
I,
1011.
alabastrum. senken, senehan, am. sink,
I,
snlbon, 1011. II, anoint. make to sink.
salig, aj. blessed. sé-no, sé-nu, sé-no-nn, ae-nu
saltun, pret. pl. of sellen. n , intery'. behold, lo
!
sauna, av. in like manner, similarly. séo, sé (gen. séwes), rm. sea.
sama-lib, aj. same, of the same sér (seher), m. pain.
nature. sia. = sie, they.
saman, av. together, at the same sibba, peace, relationship.
:f.
time. sibun, num. seven.

samanon, samonon, wv. II, sibunto, num. seventh. _
sid, sidh, av. after, later;
:j.
gather together, collect, con since,

gregate. because; prep. after.
samanunga, :f. assembly, syna sign-16s, aj. unvictorious, eon
gogue. quered.
samaritanisc (~8), aj. Samaritain. sigi-haft, zy'. victorious.
samn-so,
g.
as, just as. sigi-kamf, rm. victorious battle.-

sambaq-tag, sm. sabbath day. sih, pr. re . oneself.
simo, rum. seed. sinan, sv. strain.
1,
sang, m. hymn. aih-wélih, pr. {mic/I certain.

sant, rm. sand. aih-wéigpr. some one; sih-wan,
santa, pret. sg. of senten. something.
GLOSSARY 169
eiohiire, aj. sure. sg. scal, ekal, shall, owe,
I
ailnbtu', silver.
.m. oug
.
eillaba, syllable. could,
:f.
debt.
{f1
eirnbu1nm,simbu1un, av. always. aouldig, aj. guilty; as rubst. n. pl.
ein, pr. gm. sg. of hér, or. sculdigon, debtors.
sin, pr. pon . his. se wo (sc uo), wm. shadow; dat.
sin, be, see 202, note :.
5
sg. scuuen.
sind, ninth, :rn. way, direction; in slat , :m. sleep.
dem uinde, in that place, there. slit'an, :11. VII, sleep.
singan, :11. III, sing, relate. slag, :m. blow.
simian -- si inaan. slahan, :11. VI, strike.
sint, sez wésan. slahta, killing, race, manner.
:f.
a
sioh, siuh, aj. sick, ill. sléht, aj. straight, simple, quiet.
site, side. slihti, evenness, simplicity.
sf.
sf
siton, 1011. II, plan, make. slintan, .111. III, swallow.

siuh, se: aioh. slipf (dat. sg. elippe), rm. slip
sizzemsitzen, -an (from *aitjan), ping, falling.
:v. V, sit. sliumo, av. quickly, suddenly; so
ekichiri, sehaheri, :m. robber. sliumo at ), as soon as.
scn aneru, part. dat. fem. sg. of slinqan, sliqan, :v. slit, tear.
I,
skephen. sluogun, pret. pl. of alahan.
scal, see eeulan. smale-non (pl.-n6nner),m. small
skalk, scalch, sealh, scalc, :m. cattle, sheep.
servant. smérza,
sf.
pain.
scan (Goth. skatta), rm. money. snél, aj. quick, alive, eager, brave.
soe en = skephen, xv. VI, draw snélli, If. quickness, bravery.
up, out. 56 (so), av.so,thns; 56-50:: u5-u6,
skeidan, :11. VII, separate, sever. when, as, just as; no . so,
so... .
.
skenken, um. pour out, give to as, as as; so
I,
drink. wélich, whosoever so wér so,

;
skephen (Goth. skapjan), :11. VI, whosoever; so wir, where

create; so sca 'aneru, part. dat. soever; s6 W6 56, howsoever;
sg. fem. pregnant, being with so we lichu, neut. an . p1,, as
child. subxt. whatsoever things.
skerren, um. allot, detennine. solari, .m. upper room, praetorium.
I,
skiaro, ekioro, av. quickly. solih, aj. pr. such.

skilt, skild, rm. shield. eolta, pret. of sculan, :n 198.
5
skin,scin,aj.clear,bright,manifest. sorga, sorrow, care.

sf
seinan, :v. shine, appear. aorgén, sworgén, wv. III, gm.

I,
0.
scolo, wm. debtor. be uneasy about, have sorrow,
skoni, aj. beautiful, clear, bright; care.
av. scono. aougen, 1011. give milk, suckle.
I,
soouwon, wv. II, view, look at. spihi, aj. wise.

eorib, scrip, .m. writing. epihida, wisdom.
scriban, -en, :11. write. spanan, VI, an. pers., gm. rn',
I,
:11.
sorib-sahs, m. writing-table. urge on.
sculan, przt.-prn. shall; prev. 1. sparo, wm. sparrow.
17o OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER
spar611, wv. II, keep, preserve, si'ifan, :1/. II,

sip, drink.
spare. _ siigan, :11. II,
suck.
spenton (Lat. expendere), 1011.11, uuelih, so-lih, pr. such.
expend. sum, aj. a certain, Lat. quidam.
spér, m. spear. sun, sunu, sm. sou.
spilon, 1011. II, make fun, play. sundarin, sundjrin, aj. southern.
spiwan, w. I, spit, spit upon. sunna, sun.
sf
sprihha, spricha, sunta, sundia, sf siu.
.f.
language,
speech, discourse. suntar, av. especially.
sprah-him, m. consulting-house. suntig, -io, aj. sinful; as subrt.
sprangon, aw. II, spring, spring sinner.
suohhen, suachen, seek,
I,
1011.
up.
spréhhan, spréchan, :11. IV, long for.
suona, suana, judgment, atone
.y'.
speak, say.
spunga, ment, reconciliation.
sf.
sponge.
stin, stén, standan, stantan, n1. suoniri, suanari, s/n. judge.
VI, stand. suonnen, suannen, suonnan,
Stank, sm. odour, stink. um. expiate, administer juss
I,
stat, place. tice, judge.
stedi, m. sea-shore. anon-stat, of judgment.
:f.
place
stéhhan, stéehan, .w. IV, pierce, suor, pret. sg. of sweren.
3.
stick. suoqqi, suoni, suaqi, aj. sweet,
stein, stén, rm. stone, rock. pleasant.
steit, pres. sg. of standan. sus, a11. so, thus.
3.
stémna, .yf. voice. sus-lib, aj. pr. such.

stén, stone, see stein. swir, swiri, aj. painful, pressing,
sterken, kistarkan, 1011. heavy.
I,
make
strong, fortify. swarz, aj. black.
stér'ro, wm. star. swélgan (suélgan), :11. III,
stét, see stan. swallow. '
stigan, m. ascend, climb. swérban (suérban), IlLw1pe,
I,
s11.
stillen, um. calm, pacify. ry.

I,
stimma, stimna, my . voice. sweren, sueren, swerren, swe

street. rien, swerran, from *swarjun,
sf.
stringa,
strengison, we». Il,hecome strong. :11. VI, swear.
strewsn, 'um. spread, scatter. swért, .m. sword.
I,
swéster (suéster), sister.

sf.
stlfidunga, creaking, gnash

a
III,
.g
mg. swigén (suigén), 1011.
stritan, w. silent.
I,
ght.
stual = stuol, rm. stool, throne. swilligc'm, 1011. II, burn away
stira-tnga, wm. day of punish slowly.
ment, doomsday. sworgén, rte sorgén.
st en, 1011. atone
I,
for, pay
penalty. '1 .
stum, aj. dumb, mute.
stunta, time, hour. tag, tao, sm. (lay.
J.
suarb, I. 3.21%. sg. of swérban. tagn-lib, aj. daily.

GLOSSARY 171
tagamuos, m. dinner. treuwa, triuwa, sf faith.

tarnen, kitarnan, wv. hide, trinkan, drinkan, rv. III, drink.
I,
conceal. trio 'an, triofan, sv. II,
drop.
tit, dist, trot , drof (lit. drop), strengthening
sf
deed.
titumpret. 3.pl. of tuon. the negative particle ni.
tail, deil, mm. part, share. trohtin, se: truhtin.
teillen, teilen, um. divide, troaten, dr6sten, wv. I, gen.
I,
c.
share. ra', console one about.
témpal (Lat. templum) .m. truhtin, druhtin, truhtin, rm.
,
temple. master, Lord, God.
teof, tiuf, aj. deep. trumba, wf. trumpet.
ten-en, derien, wv. truoben, druaben, am. I, make
I, injure,
sad, put in confusion.
forsake.
téta, przt. 1.rg. of tuon. tr t, drfrt, rm. friend.
3.
tihta, dihta, tr wén, wv. III,

trust.
.y .
poem.
tihton, dihton (Lat. d'lctare), ti = thf1.
write, compose. tuged, dugid, sf ability, valour,
tilli, dilli, dill, 5m. anise. tness.
tin = thin. tumb, aj. dumb, foolish.
titul, rm. title. t nihha, t niha, tunic, robe.
tiuf, sez teof. tunkal, dunkal, aj. dark, unclear.
tiufal, tiuval, sm. devil. tuoh (dat. pl. tuochum), m.
tiu i, diufi, depth. cloth.
tiuren, dim-en, um. glorify. tuom, duam, .m. judgment.
I,
tiurl, diuri, aj. costly, precious. tuommen, dnommen, um. I,

tiurida, glory. judge.
tiurisomdiurison, wv. II, glorify. tuon, duon, duan, v. anom. do,
tod, dot, doth, rm. death. make; tuon losunga, deliver,
toht, doht, tness, quali ca redeem.
sf
tion. tura, dura, door; in duron,

s/I
tohter, dohter, sf daughter. at the doors.

tot, dod, aj. dead. twellen, dwellen, 10v. sojourn,
I,
tou en, toufen, wv. remain behind.

I,
baptize.
\tougilon, tougalen, 10v. hide,
1,
conceal.
U.
touwen, towan, douwen,dowen,
10v. die, perish. ubar, prep. :. dat. and am, over,
1,
tragan, :11. VI, carry, bear, suffer. on.

trahta, drahta, gi-drahta, ubar-Bl, av. over all, especially,
sf
aim. everywhere, throughout.

trahton, zuv. II, ponder, re ect, ubar-gangan, :v. VII, go over,
think about. travel through.
trano, dranch, rm. drink. ubar-huhtig, aj. haughty, proud.
trenken, drenken, wv. give to ubar-winnan, :11. III, conquer.
I,
drink, refresh. ubil, upil, 0]. bad, wicked;

tréso, drésso (gen. trésewea), n. subrt. the bad, wickedness;
mm. treasure. mar:. nor1z. pl. malefactors.
uérs = férs. among, between ; av. down ;

f, azl. up. untar zwein, doubtful; nntar
f-gaug, sm. an arising. in zwisgén, one to another;
f-apringan, :11. III, spring up. untar diu, in the meanwhile.
{if-stigma, :11. I, go up, ascend. untar-fallan, :11. VII, fall between.
um-bérenti = un-bérenti, purt. un-tit, undit, 3f misdeed, spot,
aj. barren, unfruitfnl. guilt.
umbi, umpi, prep. :. acc. about; unti, unto, unta, cj., see anti.
av. around. un-wérdliho, av. with indigna
umbi-bi-géban, :21. V, surround. tion, indignantly.
umbi-ritan, w. ride round un~wirdig, aj. unworthy.
I,
about. un-wiqiqanto, azl. unknowingly.

umbi-sellen, m. unz, unzi, prep. an. until;
(j.
surround.
I,
c.
umbi-wérft, :m. circle, orbit; 51 while, until.
these umbiwérft, the world. unzan, unzin, prep. :. a . until
;
un-bérenti, part. aj. barren, ste unzin ee, until.
rile. uodil, :m. land, property.
un-éra, dishonour, upi, = ibu.
g'.
insult,
.9 :
shame. upil, seeubil.

un- r-traganlih, unfardragan ur, er, ir, ar, prepadat. out, from.
lih, aj. unbearable. ur-heia, :m. courage, boldness,
un-gérno, 1w. reluctantly, un revolt, sedition.
willingly. ur-kundi, m. testimony.
un-gi-loub-fol, aj. unbelieving. ur-cundo, wm. witness.
un-gi-mah, aj. not suitable. ur-lub, .m. permission, leave.
un-gi-mah, m. injustice, trouble. ur-resti, resurrection.
sf
un-gi-niitgpart. aj. without seam. n, a1}. out; q, fin-ouh, but,

cj.
un-gi-witit, part. aj. not clothed, nnan, ilqan, prep. c. mag/m. dat.
unclothed. without, except cj. unless.
;
un-kust,
.y'.
wickedness, deceit. qqana, av. outwardly.

unnan, giunnampret.-pres. grant qqur, our, but, except; prep.
willingly, thole. out; aj. outward; super]. g
un-notag, unnotac, aj. without gal-onto.
need. nqe, ne, av. outside, without.
un-nuzai, aj. useless, idle. q-gang, :m. outlet.
un-odi, aj. impossible. q-gangan, :71. VII, go out.
un-redina, q-néman, :11. IV, to take out.
sf
absurdity, nonsense.
un-réht, .m. iniquity. q-wérphan, :11. III, throw out.
unsén, pm. pr. dat.pl. of unsér,
our. W.
unsér, pom. pr. our. wabar-siuni, m. sight, spectacle.
unsih, acc. us. wi an, wifan, m. weapon.
un-scamanti, part. without wi anen, wifanen, um. arm.
I,
art].
shaming. wiga, balance.
of
un-scant, aj. without disgrace. wah, intery'. ah oh

!
un-al'lbar, unsfzber, aj. unclean. gi-wahan, :11. VI, :.g en. mention,
untar, prep. :. ace. or dat. under, think of.
GLOSSARY 173
wahhén, wachén, waehan, 1w. w'e'go-fart, journey.
If.
III, watch, wake. wéhsal, mm. change, exchange,
wihi, aj. beautiful, good. course.
wahsan, :11. VI, grow. weidonon, wv. II, pasture, hunt.
wahsmo, rum. fruit. weigen, wv. trouble, fatigue,
I,
wal, sm. whale. torment.
wald, :m. wood, forest. weiso, wm. orphan.
waltan, :11. VII, :. gen. rule, have wein, .m wiqqan.
power over. weaken, wechan, um.
I,
awake.
waltant, sm. ruler. wake up, stir up.
wamba, :wf womb, belly. wélih, pr. interrag. who; imlef,
win, sm. opinion, expectation, anyone, someone.
wellen, welen, um. choose.
I,
hope.
wane-heil, aj. weak. wénag, wénig, aj. lamentable,
want'zn, wanana, av. inter-rag. miserable, wretched.
wherefore, whence. wenken, totter, waver, be
I,
1011.
winen, winnim, um. I, believe, wanting.
hope, think, suppose, expect. wenten (pref. wanta), wv.
I,
wanga, run. cheek. turn.
wants, :1 . because, for, since. weo, woo, a11. infer-rag. how.
war, :11. truth. w'e r (wia), pr. inkrrag. who
;
wit, win-i, aj. true. ina'zf. anyone.
war, a11. where. wéralt, world.
wara, av. whither. w e'rban, :11. III, turn, return.
wara, truth in wira, truly. wia'rdan, III, become, be,
.ff.
:11.
;
warg, warch, sm. evildoer. happen.

win-Iihhomv. verily, truly, there wet-gin, av. anywhere, somewhere.
fore. wia'rk, wérch, .m. work, deed.
wir'nissi, .m. truth. wérkon, 1011. II, do, work, bring
wartil, :m. watchman, overseer. about.
wasal, m. rain. wérolt =wéra1t, world; 5i we
wassida, .7 . sharpness. rolti, for ever; fon wia'rolti,
wasso, av. sharply. from the beginning of the world.
witen, 1011. clothe, dress. wérolt-rehtwis, aj.just rubst. pl.
I,
was, pr. neut. what. pious people in the world.

waqqar, m. water. wis'rphan,wérphen, wis'rpfamw.
waqanr-faa, sn. water-pot. III, throw.
wé (gen. wéwes), sn. woe, pain, wéx'ran, .w. III, bring into con
sorrow. fusion.
wé, inter/Z woe! warren, werien, hinder.
I,
1011.
woban, :11. V, weave. defend.
wédar, pr. whether, which of two. gi-werri, m. sedition, rebellion.
wag, :01. way. wésan, :11. V, be.
w'e'gan, :11. V, weigh, ponder, wessis, pm. :uéj. :. sg. of
judge; wégan soin, :. gm. wiqaan.
become conscious of, perceive wib, wip, m. wife, woman.
clearly. widar, prqe. :. an. against, for.
widari, av. again, back. w'iqqanto, av. knowingly.

widnr-sahho, 10m. enemy. wizai, sf, wiaai, .m. knowledge,
widar-wérban, :11. III, return. understanding.
wie = wia'r. wiqai, wiqi, .m. punishment, hell.
wielih, pr. what sort of. wiqsjod, mm. law.
wig, wic, wiho, mm. battle, war. wola, av. well; wola tuon, do
wig-silig, aj. victorious. good.
wig-stat, wioatat, J. place of wolago, inter/I well! ah!
wola-thenken, wv. be well
I,
battle.
win, aj. holy. disposed.
wihen, wv. I,hallow, bless, praise. wola-queti, .m. salutation.
wih-rouh, sm. incense. wolar, interj. well
!
wih-rouh-brnnat, incense. wolcan, .m. cloud.
sf.
wiht, m. anght, thing, being, wollen, v. anom. will, bewilling
;
creature. pres. 1. sg. wil przt.sg. wolta.
wonén, wv. III, remain, dwell,
;
wil, see wollen.
willo, willeo, willio, will. will, abide pm. wonéta, wonata.
;
wish. worolt-ring, rm. circle of the
win, rm. wine. world.
winistar,aj. sinister, left; in sina worolt-liuti, pl. people in the
winistra, on the left of him. world, people.
winnan, :11. III, toil, ght. worolt-aaeha, affair or concern
.9 .
wint, rm. wind. of this world.
wio, av. in any way. wort, m. word.
wio-lih, pr. what sort of = Lat. wunnia, meadow-land.
(
qualis). wunt, aj. wounded.

wirdig, aj. worthy. wuntar, m. wonder, miracle.
wirken, um. workI perform. wuntaron, wv. II, wonder, be
I,
wiro, av. worse. amazed pret. pl. wuntorotun,

;
wirsiro, aj. mmpar. worse superl. w'untrotun.

;
wirsiato. W110, av. how.

wirt, sm. husband. wuofan, wuo an, :v. VII, lament,
win, wisi, qj. wise, knowing, ex mourn, weep for.
perienced; wis wésan, :. gun. wuoft, sm. weeping.
a
to know thing. wuostinna, desert.

:1 .
a
wisen, wiasan, um. show, wurken, wirken, um. (pret.

I,
guide. worhta, worahta) perform, 0.

d
wison, 100. II, c. gm. visit.

,
wurt, fate, lot.

.y .
wiat, wars, J. an. pl.

J.
sustenance. herb, plant

;
wis-tuom, wisduam, :Irm. wis wnroi.

dom, knowledge.
win, aj. white. Y.
wiqago, wm. prophet. yrforhten, yforrahten= ir-forh
wisagon, vru. II, prophesy. ten, be afraid. -
wxqogo = wiqago. yrfnrben, see ir-furben.

wi qan, pret.-pr . know; pres. yrscein, pret. sg. of ir-seinan.
3.
I. sg. weir). yrsnaht, pp. of ir-suohhen.

3.
GLOSSA R Y I75
Z, C (before i, e). aildn, 1011. II, endeavour, under
take.
nn, no, prep. :. dat. ml. imtnat, to; limbs-on, wv. II, build.
nn diu, with the intention. ains, rm. tax.
aahar, rm. tear. ai-samana, av. together.
26.19., maia, zi-sliqqan, .911. tear, rend.
.3) . .9 .
I,
danger.
zala, czala, zi-spreiten, um. scatter, dis
I,
number.
nan, :m. tooth. perse.
zeigon, w-u. II, show. zit, giait, cit, time, hour.
J.
zeihhan, neichan, .m. sign, token. ziu = zi win, to what purpose,
zeinen, um. mark, show. wherefore, why.
I,
neindn, ll1ll. II, show, mark. ai-wérphan, 4'' . III, destroy.

nellen, aellan, um. zunga, 14/1 tongue, language.
I,
count,
ascribe, relate, tell. aunaan, prep. :. an . until, as
zéman, daémnn, :11. IV, inzpers. far as.
auo-hélpha,
.gf
be be tting. be meet. help, aid.
cenim, dat. pl. of man. auomig, aj. empty.
nésawa, 10]. right hand. sue-wart, aj. future.
zeso, aj. right (-= Lat. dexter) in awéhon, auéhon, 1011. II, doubt.
;
zeso, on the right hand. awélga (zuélga), branch.
of.
oi, si, pre).= an zi noti, neces awéne, mun. two.
;
sarily; zi wara, of a truth, truly. awiski, aj. twofold untar in
;
ziaren, 1011.
I,
adorn. swisgémarnong themselves, one

aihan, w. say something of one, to another.
I,
accuse. zwival, :m. doubt.
PROPER NAMES
Aaron, sm. Aaron. Bethleem, Bethlehem.
Abel, rm. Abel. Bethsaida, Bethsaida.
ff.
Abraham, rm. Abraham. David, rm. David.

Alexandengm. Alexandros, rm. Ebriisc, aj. Hebrew; dat. sg./mz.
Alexander. ebrdisgon.
Andreas, dat. Andrea, rm. Elias, gm. Eliaaes, sm. Elias.
Andrew. Elisabeth, Elysabeth (Heliu
Barabbas, a . Barabbasan, beth), y: Elisabeth.
Bnmbban, sm. Barabbas. Furiseus = Phnriseus.
Barachias, gm. Barachianes,rm. Franko, Vranko, win. Franc.
a
Barachias. Frenkisg, aj. Franconian.

Bethania, Gabriel, Gabriel.
.f
Bethany. sm.
r 76 PROPER NAMES
Galilen, :f., gm. Galileea, Galilee. Maria, w/I Mary.

Golgotha, Martha,
._Y/:
Golgotha. Martha.
He ant, :m. Saviour. Medi, mare. pl. Medes.
Helias, un,, gm. Heliases, Elias. Messias, .mz. Messiah.
Herod, rm. Herod. Naaarenisc, Nazarenisg, aj. of
Hierusalem,]erusalem; dat. (a/ll.) Nazareth.
pl. Hierusolimis. Nazareth, Nazareth.
Hludwig, rm. Ludwig, Lewis. Ninevisc, aj. of Nineveh.
IsraheLsm. Israel; gm. pl. Isra Northman, rm. Norman.
helo. Persi, nom. pl. Persians.
Jacob, Jacobua, :01. Jacob gm. Phariaaeus, Fariseus, :m. Phari
;
Jacobes. see nom./II. Phariuei dat.;>t.
;
Johannes, rm. John an. Johan Phariseis, Pharisein.
;
nem. . Philippus, :m. Philip dat. Phi
;
Jonas, rm. Jonas; gen. Jonases. lippe.
Joseph, .mLJoseph; gm. Josebea, Pilatus, rm. Pilate; dat. Pila
dat. Josebe. tuse acc. Pilatum.
;
Judas, rm. Judas. Rom ni, "o02.111. Romans.
Judei, Judou, nom. pl. Jews Rufus, Jill. Rufus; gm. Rufuses.
;
gm. p1. Judeno, .Tudeono, Salamon, rm. Solomon gm.

Judono; dat. pl. Judein, Ju
;
Salamones.
daein, Judeis. Samaria, Samaria; gen. Sa
sf.
Judeisg, aj. Jewish. mariae ; dat. Samaria acc.
;
Kaiphas, rm. Caiaphas. Samariam.
Karleman, sm. Charlemagne. Samaritani, nonupl. Samaritans
;
Cirenaua, aj. of Cyrene an. gm. pl. Bamaritanorum; dat.
;
Cireneum. pl. Samaritanis.

Cleopas, sm. Cleophas; gen. Samaritanisc, Samaritanisg, aj.
Cleopases. of Samaria.
Kriachi, rm. pl. Greeks. Satanaq, sm. Satan.
Criechisc, aj. Greek dat. sg. Soarioth, rm. Iscariot.
;
fem. Criehisgon. Simon, :m. Simon.

Krist, Grist, Christ, :m. Christ. Syria, Syria dat. sing. Syriu.
;
Latinisc, aj. Latin; dat. sg. fem. Theophilus, sm. Theophilus; voc.
Latinisgon. . Theophile.
Lazarus, rm. Lazarus; acc. Laza Thomas, sm. Thomas.
rusan. Zacharias, rm. Zacharias gm.
;
Magdaleniac, Magdalenisg', aj. Zachariaees acc. Zaohariam.

;
of Magdala. Zebedeus, Zebedee; gm. Zebe

Macedonia,
y.
Macedonia. dean, Zebetheen.
Oxford: Printed at the Clarendon Press by HORACE HART, M.A.

/'
at ...
Corne11 Un1verslty Li
PF 3835.W95 1906
\
l
mrimer
Old yH i hllGermmi
1924 026 57
3
>.-.-.
'1.
ainmx_u
Pmm
a"".w 3"x»
.mmww.iw
-aw
6." , $0M
' h!PM,
UM
"-
gm i-muwm-wl
7
:J T. v.1,V..1§N". . 1.
.w
i:
wig
.
_ i. $45.. up ???
.
.
ct , n"$"wEwmmmw
J(1.
..--u
. ..

An Old High German Primer, With Grammar, Notes, and Glossary.

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

An Old High German Primer, With Grammar, Notes, and Glossary.

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

An Old High German primer, with grammar, notes, and glossary.

Wright, Joseph, 1855-1930.

Public Domain, Google-digitized

We have determined this work to be in the public domain,

OLD HIGH GERMAN PRIMER

OLD HIGH GERMAN

GRAMMAR, NOTES, AND GLOSSARY

jOSEPH WRIGHT, PH.D., D.C.L., LL.D., LITT.D.

[ All right: reserved]

small compass all the really more important features of the

language, and fully believe that the beginner who conscien

culty, whether from literary or purely linguistic point of

view. In the MHG. primer many forms were left un

explained which beginners would, no doubt, like to have

as were absolutely necessary for the understanding of the

Accidence, intentionally reserving the rest for the present

ledge of Old High German.

I trust that these two little books imperfect and incom

OXFORD : May, 1888.

phonology only occupies forty-four pages, the student, who

ledge of the subject so far as it relates to Old High German

OXFORD : june, 1906.

The vowel-system at the close of the

(55 102-4); masculine and neuter wa-stems (5 105);

C. Minor Gronps: A. The preterite-presents (55 194

and Rhenish Franconian (the dialect of the old province of

§ 4. The OHG. monuments were written in the Latin

also by using the accents placed over

vowels, here used to mark long vowels.

elementary letters a, o, u, and the digraphs a1, is (ea,

Noam For the symbol y was occasionally employed, otherwise 7

occurred in loan-words only.

6. All the simple vowels had both short and long

and had nearly the same pronunciation as the cor

responding OE. vowels. had twofold pronunciation,

which is still kept apart in many New High German (NHG.)

The following key-words will be of use, as giving an

a. as in NHG. mann man, man.

The remaining diphthongs ea. (in), i0 (eo), Iu, on (au),

§ 7. The OHG. consonant-system was represented by the

nally and before the guttural vowels a, o, u, and before

consonants, tac, day, com, com, cund, known, cleini,

like the ch in NHG. or in Scotch looh, as spréohan, to

as khorn (chorn), corn. See 84, 2.

hadtwofold pronunciation according as represented

Germanic or p; cp. e.g. OHG. fater, OS. fadar, OE.

faader,Gothic fadar,father, with OHG. slafan, OS. slapan,

was often written u(v) initially, and medially between

vowels, as varan, OE. farm, to go; zwival, Gothic twei s,

Germ. had the sound of our in got, as OHG. tag, OS.

§ 85, 3. But when it stood for prim. Germ. was spirant

initially and medially between vowels, had the sound

to have, aéhan, to set; hoh (= NHG. hoeh), lugh, naht

Gen. genér (jenér), Gothic jains, file,

was trilled sound in all positions as in Scotch, as réht,

rigIit, béran, to bear,fart, way, fagar, beauty'ul.

English kiosan, kos, [trhos2.

s1'l, as 51111u, son, choose,

interdental spirant like the 1k in English then, as thenken,

was also employed,

especially after consonants and before the vowel u, to ex

in OHG. manuscripts, but was generally represented by uu

It was also sometimes written u (v), see above under u (v).